Fonds 032 Campbell family fonds – Subseries 032.08.08

fonds-032

Click Here To Order Photos

1867-1999. — 73 cm of textual records. — 1,715 photographs. — 103 slides — 1643 negatives. — 24 artistic drawings. — 31 postcards — 30 cards. — 7 maps.


Back to Finding Aids

Note: Due to the size of this finding aid, it has been separated into two pages.  This page contains descriptions for subseries 032.08.08 – Photograph Collection.  Descriptions for all other series may be viewed here.

 

Biographical Sketch

Clyde and Myrle Campbell settled in the Peace Country with their 12 year old daughter Isabel in 1919. The move to the Halcourt area, south of Beaverlodge in the Peace River Country, was made after Clyde needed a less stressful environment after a bout with the Spanish Influenza in 1918.

Clyde Edridge Campbell was born May 18, 1885 in Toledo, Ohio. He had the ability to become a concert pianist but instead studied to be a pharmacist. He graduated from Ohio Northern University and ran a drugstore in Sundance, Wyoming. In 1906 he married Myrtle (Myrle) McGuire, who was born January 10, 1885. Their only child, Isabel May Campbell, was born March 18, 1907 in Rock Springs, Wyoming.

When Isabel was five years of age, Clyde returned to university to study metallurgy. After the completion of this course, he moved the family to Louisville Kentucky where he worked as a research engineer, then back to Toledo in 1916 when he took a position with the Overland Auto Company in metallurgy.

In 1918 Clyde joined the Ordnance Division of the American War Department as a travelling supervisor of ammunition manufacturing sites, often travelling into Canada to do his job. After being very sick with the flu, Clyde was forced to give up this career and began to look towards Canada as a future with less stress on his nervous system. In 1919 he made a visit to the Peace Country and was so impressed by the quiet beauty and the potential of the land, that he decided to stake a homestead claim in the Elmworth area. Isabel and her mother came to join him later that year. For nine years the family homesteaded in Halcourt, but in 1928 they were forced to return to Toledo, Ohio, because of Clyde’s ill health. He died in 1930 and was buried in the Toledo Cemetery.

Myrle Campbell remained in the U.S. until she married Franklin T. Brewer, a one-time neighbour on the homestead, on July 8, 1945. She returned to the Elmworth area and lived there until her death on October 9, 1964. She was buried in the Halcourt Cemetery.

Isabel remained in the U.S. until 1951, when she returned to the Peace River Country. She worked first at the Beaverlodge research station, then as a reporter for the Daily Herald Tribune, writing regular history columns such as “What’s In A Name” and “This Was Yesterday”.

Miss Campbell has made numerous contributions to preserving the history of the Peace Country. She featured a daily radio program entitled “Heritage” on CJXX. She gathered archival material for preservation from organizations, government, social groups and individuals. Painstakingly, she indexed and cross-indexed all articles in Grande Prairie newspapers from 1913 to 1961 for research purposes. This information is preserved at the Grande Prairie Public Library.

Using her carefully amassed collection, Miss Campbell published Grande Prairie–Capitol of the Peace for the city’s 10th anniversary in 1968, edited Pioneers of the Peace which was published in 1975, and provided substantial information to historian J.G. MacGregor for the publication of Grande Prairie in 1983, the city’s 25th anniversary. In 1988, her father’s letters from the Peace Country to family in the USA were published in Challenge of the Homestead.

Miss Campbell has received recognition for her efforts to preserve the history of the Peace Region: In 1983, she received the Alberta Achievement Award for the preservation of history; in 1985 she was nominated for the Sir Frederick Haultain Prize which is presented to individuals who have attained exceptionally high standings in the arts, sciences and humanities; and in 1988, she received the George Repka Award for community contributions in arts, culture and social areas.

Isabel was also dedicated to establishing community facilities for the preservation of history. She was the first secretary for the Pioneer Museum Society of Grande Prairie and District when it was formed in 1961. In 1988 she began to pursue the idea of having a replica of her family’s homesteading cabin built in the museum’s Pioneer Village. The cabin was built by volunteers using traditional skills (with some assistance from modern machinery) and the actual windows from the original cabin. The interior of the cabin was decorated by Isabel Campbell to duplicate her child-hood home.

Isabel Myrle Campbell passed away in 1998, and is buried in the Halcourt Cemetery. A portion of her estate was willed to the Pioneer Museum Society of Grande Prairie and District, and many artefacts from her life can be found there.

Custodial History

In 1997, Isabel Campbell donated five scrapbooks containing heritage articles she had written for the Daily Herald Tribune.

Isabel Campbell named the Grande Prairie Museum as a residuary beneficiary in her will, and upon her death, the contents of her home came to the museum, including a large number of photographs and documents, which were subsequently transferred to the Archives once it was established.

An accrual including a story, photographs, and a newspaper clipping was donated by Dennis and Tina Dale in 1999.

Another accrual from Lois Simpson of Isabel Campbell material was acquired in 2000.

A set of glass negatives given to Miss Campbell by Douglas Clarkson was acquired from Lois Simpson in 2001. The origin of the negatives and their photographer was unknown until 2013, when a donation from descendants of The White Studio revealed that the photographer was John Cameron White. Associated documentation seems to suggest that there were given by Mr. Ross Haynes of Strathcona House, Edmonton to the Old Timers’ Association, at which time they were in the possession of Gerald Carveth, Secretary, and a few prints were made. The 2013 donation revealed that (John) Cameron White had changed his name to Ross Haynes. There is mention in a letter that the negatives might become part of the Pioneer Museum collection. However, this never seems to have occurred and at some point, Isabel Campbell seems to have assumed possession of them. Isabel loaned them to Paul Pivert, photographer, to created reproductions. They were in Paul’s custody at the time of Isabel’s death.

Another accrual of Alaska Highway and family photographs was donated by Lois Simpson in 2009.

An accrual to the collection, including reference files and collected photographs, was acquired from the Grande Prairie Public Library in 2013. These materials were part of a bequest by Isabel Campbell to the Library. 

Scope and Content

The fonds consists of family genealogical records, documents, diaries, correspondence and photographs from the Campbell, McGuire and Brewer families; documents and photographs to the Campbell homestead at Halcourt; a collection of artwork, including a set of hand-made Christmas Cards drawn by Myrle and Isabel in the late 1920s; personal and business correspondence; historical writings by Isabel Campbell; records from Miss Campbell’s home in Grande Prairie; a reference collection of photographs, maps, and clippings files relating to Peace Country history; a set of glass negatives created in 1936-37 by Cameron White of the White Studio; and memorial records from Isabel’s funeral.

Notes

Related records: Genealogical information in Campbell family Bible in Grande Prairie Museum collections.

Accession numbers: 1998.27; 2000.44; 2001.44; 2001.47; 2009.091; 2013.084.

SubSeries 032.08.08  Photograph collection. — [ca. 1900-1980]. — 0.1 cm of textual records. — 1,159 photographs. — 1,289 negatives. — 31 postcards.The sub-series consists of photographs collected by Isabel Campbell, documenting the history of Grande Prairie and area and also showing Isabel’s own home and garden.  The images cover a wide range of topics.  The photographs have been numbered following the approximately topical system created in 2000 when these photographs were digitized by the University of Calgary.  Miscellaneous, unnumbered photographs and negatives were assigned numbers at the end of the series. 

Calf Show, Beaverlodge, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Young girls exhibit calves at a 1951 Beaverlodge calf show.
Location: 0032.08.08.0001
Calf Show, Beaverlodge, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
A young boy with a ribbon exhibits a calf at a Beaverlodge Calf Show. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune. Same image as SPRA 032.08.08.1144.
Location: 0032.08.08.0002
Calf Show, Beaverlodge, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 7.75 x 9.5 in.
A group of spectators clustered around several boys and girls exhibiting calves at a calf show held at the Beaverlodge Research Station. “First calf club show in Peace River Country held Beaverlodge June 1951 Tom Williams daughter (Leckie) mother won first calf weighed 110.0 lbs. Sold for 46c per pound”. On the far right of the photograph, the two men talking together are identified as J. O. Patterson and Tom Watt from Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0003
Farmer’s Union of Alberta Meeting, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 4 in.
A group of unidentified men at a 1955 United Farmers of Alberta meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0004
Farmers’ Union of Alberta Meeting, June 28, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
The new Farmer’s Union of Alberta/Farm Women’s Union of Alberta executive.
Location: 0032.08.08.0005
Farmers’ Union of Alberta Meeting, June 26, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
Men and women, some with “Official” on their nametags, at a 1959 Farmer’s Union of Alberta meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0006
Farmers’ Union of Alberta Meeting, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.25 in.
Two men at a Farmer’s Union of Alberta meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0007
Farmers’ Union of Alberta Board, January 29, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
A meeting of the Farmer’s Union of Alberta Board.
Location: 0032.08.08.0008
Farmers’ Union of Alberta Meeting, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4 in.
Women at a meeting of the Farmer’s Union of Alberta.
Location: 0032.08.08.0009
Canadian Seed Growers Association Meeting, June 24, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 2.75 in.
Men at a meeting of the Canadian Seed Growers Association.
Location: 0032.08.08.0010
Canadian Seed Growers Association Meeting, June 24, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Men at a meeting of the Canadian Seed Growers Association.
Location: 0032.08.08.0011
Third Annual Seed Fair, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Men examining prize-winning seeds at the third annual seed fair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0012
Argonauts Ltd. Office, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
An exterior view of the Argonauts Limited office in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0013
Patterson and Son Store, Grande Prairie, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 2.75 in.
The Patterson and Son Store in Grande Prairie, from which also operated the Union Bank and the Post Office.
Location: 0032.08.08.0014
Union Bank of Canada, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
The Union Bank of Canada building in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0015
Union Bank of Canada, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1923]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4.5 in.
Mayor Joe Primeau, Bob Henderson, and Captain Henry Henderson sitting on the steps of the Union Bank of Canada building in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0016
Bear Creek Flood, Grande Prairie, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.25 in.
The May-June 1935 flood of Bear Creek in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0017
Bear Creek Flood, Grande Prairie, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
Bear Creek below Richmond Avenue during the flood of 1935. The photograph was taken by Allan McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0018
Bear Creek Flood, Grande Prairie, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
Houses affected by the May-June 1935 flood.
Location: 0032.08.08.0019
Bear Creek Flood, Grande Prairie, May 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Alf Field’s house during the May-June 1935 flood.
Location: 0032.08.08.0020
Lilacs at the Beaverlodge Experimental Farm, [ca. 1925]
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A postcard showing lilac bushes in bloom at the Beaverlodge Experimental Farm.
Location: 0032.08.08.0021
“A Beauty Spot Near Beaverlodge Grande Prairie District”, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A cabin on a creekbank near Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0022
Beaverlodge Valley and Upper Beaverlodge, 1927
1 postcard; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
B. L. 1927 – G. 10. “Wheat crop in Beaverlodge Valley looking northeast towards Beaverlodge.” Photograph taken by W. D. Albright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0023
Beaverlodge Valley and Upper Beaverlodge, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 2.25 in.
B. L. 1927 – G. 4. “Red Bobs Wheat Field of W. G. Johnson, Beaverlodge. Hamlet of Beaverlodge in background.” Photograph taken by W. D. Albright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0024
Beaverlodge Facing South, 1929
1 postcard; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of the town of Beaverlodge, facing south, toward the grain elevators. The postcard was originally sent to Isabel in October 1929, while she was in Bowling Green, Ohio, by a Peace Country friend, Bernice.
Location: 0032.08.08.0025
Beaverlodge Facing South, September 21, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of the town of Beaverlodge, facing south, toward the grain elevators on September 21, 1931. Photograph taken by R. E. Leake. The back of the photograph indicates it is from the Putter Collection.
Location: 0032.08.08.0026
Beaverlodge and Saskatoon Mountain, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 6 x 4 in.
“Bright yellow fields of rapeseed enhance the landscape and help fill the elevators in the bustling agricultural community of Beaverlodge, in the Peace River region. Behind it stands Saskatoon Hill [Mountain] with the sparkling white radar domes of the Canadian Forces Base.” Photograph taken by John G. N. Davidson. Published by Howe and Davidson, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0027
Beaverlodge and a Storm Over the Rockies, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 4 x 6 in.
“Stark grain elevators measure the progress of Beaverlodge, a busy agricultural community in the Peace River Region. It is home to Canada’s northernmost agricultural research station, and gateway to the Monkman Pass region of the Rocky Mountains.” Photograph taken by John G. N. Davidson. Published by Howe and Davidson, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0028
Beaverlodge in Winter, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 6 x 4 in.
“Heat from the fires that created the grasslands in the parklands of the Peace River region would be welcome on this crisp winter day in Beaverlodge, as seen from OLD BEAVERLODGE on the Research Station Hill.” Photograph taken by John G. N. Davidson. Published by Howe and Davidson, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0029
Mt. Ida and the Rockies from Beaverlodge, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 4 x 6 in.
“On clear days Mt. Ida (10,400 ft), known locally as Teepee Mt., dominates the horizon southwest of the Beaverlodge valley, a fertile farming region in the Peace River region, and home of the “Agricultural Research Centre of the North”.” Photograph taken by John G. N. Davidson. Published by Howe and Davidson, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0030
Mt. Ida and the Rockies from Beaverlodge, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 4 x 6 in.
“On clear days Mt. Ida (10,400 ft), known locally as Teepee Mt., dominates the horizon southwest of the Beaverlodge valley, a fertile farming region in the Peace River region, and home of the “Agricultural Research Centre of the North”.” Photograph taken by John G. N. Davidson. Published by Howe and Davidson, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0031
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5 in.
An aerial view of the town of Beaverlodge, including a few grain elevators, the hospital, schools, and many businesses and homes.
Location: 0032.08.08.0032
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5 in.
An aerial view of the town of Beaverlodge, including six grain elevators, the school, and many businesses and homes.
Location: 0032.08.08.0033
Upper Beaverlodge, 1925
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.5 in.
A view of upper Beaverlodge, showing homes and businesses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0034
Main Street, Beaverlodge, May 24, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A view of Beaverlodge’s main street, showing cars, numerous businesses, and a grain elevator. The back of the photograph indicates that it was donated by Pearl Longson of Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0035
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1950]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
Businesses and cars on a Beaverlodge street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0036
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Businesses and cars on a Beaverlodge street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0037
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
Beaverlodge buildings, including houses and a grain elevator, from a dirt street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0038
Lower Beaverlodge School, [ca. 1936]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Lower Beaverlodge School, possibly photographed on August 9, 1936. People and cars are gathered outside.
Location: 0032.08.08.0039
Beaverlodge United Church, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Exterior view of Beaverlodge United Church in 1929.
Location: 0032.08.08.0040
Beaverlodge Rink, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
An exterior view of the Beaverlodge curling rink in 1954.
Location: 0032.08.08.0041
Picnic near Beaverlodge, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Attendees at a picnic near Beaverlodge include Marley Sherk, Betty Sherk, Gordon Sherk, Ernie Hopkins, Mrs. Hopkins, Hugh Allen, Lulu Allen, Mrs. Cage, and Mrs. Ken Edgerton.
Location: 0032.08.08.0042
Beaverlodge Band and Majorettes, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.5 in.
The Beaverlodge Band and Majorettes marching down main street in Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0043
Beaverlodge Majorettes, August 1948
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
“Beaver Lodge Majorettes taken at Lake Saskatoon at the old timers picnic Aug- 1948”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0044
Beaverlodge Majorettes, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Beaverlodge Majorettes performing at a bandstand, likely as part of 1955 Alberta Golden Jubilee celebrations.
Location: 0032.08.08.0045
Beaverlodge Majorettes, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Beaverlodge Majorettes performing at a bandstand, likely as part of 1955 Alberta Golden Jubilee celebrations.
Location: 0032.08.08.0046
Valhalla Vikings, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.25 in.
A group of ladies in ethnic dress with a sewing machine and spinning wheel on the Valhalla Vikings parade float for Beaverlodge’s Golden Jubilee Parade.
Location: 0032.08.08.0047
Golden Jubilee, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
A group of ladies and children in old-fashioned dress for Beaverlodge’s Golden Jubilee Parade.
Location: 0032.08.08.0048
Golden Jubilee, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A group of ladies in old-fashioned dress for Beaverlodge’s Golden Jubilee Parade pass beneath the Beaverlodge Jubilee Children’s Park arch.
Location: 0032.08.08.0049
Valhalla Vikings, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of ladies in ethnic dress with a sewing machine and spinning wheel on the Valhalla Vikings parade float for Beaverlodge’s Golden Jubilee Parade.
Location: 0032.08.08.0050
Golden Jubilee Parade, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of gentlemen and a couple of ladies on a parade float pulled by a tractor pass by the ESSO station in the Beaverlodge Golden Jubilee Parade.
Location: 0032.08.08.0051
Beaverlodge Elks, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Members of the Beaverlodge B.P.O. Elks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0052
Beaverlodge Carnival Queen, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
A Legion member crowning the Beaverlodge Carnival Queen. She is surrounded by other young ladies in formal dress, possibly other candidates.
Location: 0032.08.08.0053
Ruth and Ralph Carrell, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.5 in.
Ruth and Ralph Carrell, a Beaverlodge couple.
Location: 0032.08.08.0054
Certificate Presentation, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Art Dixon (left) witnesses a certificate presentation between two unidentified men.
Location: 0032.08.08.0055
Beaverlodge Anglican Representatives, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
Representatives of Beaverlodge Anglican Church. Front row: Rev., Les Harris, Sam Martin. Back row: __ Walker?, Leslie Emes
Location: 0032.08.08.0056
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.5 in.
Excavation work for the Beaverlodge Hospital.
Location: 0032.08.08.0057
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
Doing brickwork as part of the Beaverlodge Hospital construction.
Location: 0032.08.08.0058
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
A worker with a wheelbarrow at the Beaverlodge Hospital construction site.
Location: 0032.08.08.0059
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.5 in.
Painting the newly constructed Beaverlodge Hospital.
Location: 0032.08.08.0060
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.75 in.
An exterior view of the new wing of the Beaverlodge Hospital under construction. The old building is visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0061
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
An interior view of the new wing of the Beaverlodge Hospital showing a hallway.
Location: 0032.08.08.0062
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
An interior view of the new wing of the Beaverlodge Hospital showing furnishings.
Location: 0032.08.08.0063
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.45 in.
An interior view of the new wing of the Beaverlodge Hospital showing a curtained room.
Location: 0032.08.08.0064
Beaverlodge Hospital Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7.75 in.
An interior view of the new wing of the Beaverlodge Hospital showing a nurse, possibly in an operating room.
Location: 0032.08.08.0065
Smoky River, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
The Smoky River flat at the Bezanson Townsite.
Location: 0032.08.08.0066
A. M. Bezanson’s Cabin, 1908
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A. M. Bezanson’s homestead cabin on the Smoky River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0067
A. M. Bezanson’s House, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 5.5 in.
A. M. Bezanson’s house with a porch.
Location: 0032.08.08.0068
Gathering at Bezanson’s House, [ca. 1913]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A gathering of people at A. M. Bezanson’s house.
Location: 0032.08.08.0069
Dunvegan Bridge Construction, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 7.5 in.
The Dunvegan suspension bridge under construction.
Location: 0032.08.08.0070
Dunvegan Bridge, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.75 in.
The Dunvegan suspension bridge in winter.
Location: 0032.08.08.0071
Dunvegan Bridge Construction, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
The Dunvegan suspension bridge under construction.
Location: 0032.08.08.0072
New Taylor Bridge, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 8 in.
The new bridge over the Peace River at Taylor, British Columbia.
Location: 0032.08.08.0073
Houses at the Airport, [ca. 1942]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3 in.
Houses being constructed at the Grande Prairie airport. A hangar and the terminal building are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0074
Bulldozer, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.25 in.
A bulldozer being operated on a pile of dirt.
Location: 0032.08.08.0075
Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.75 in.
Men digging in a pit.
Location: 0032.08.08.0076
Demolition, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Men with hammers and crowbars doing demolition.
Location: 0032.08.08.0077
Brickwork, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Men doing brickwork on the façade of a building.
Location: 0032.08.08.0078
McGavin Bakery, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Two men standing beside pallets loaded with full sacks at McGavin Bakery, Grande Prairie. Possibly a Herald Tribune photograph from March 11, 1960.
Location: 0032.08.08.0079
McGavin Bakery, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
An exterior view of McGavin Bakery in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0080
Safeway, [ca. 1960]
2 photographs; b & w; 6 x 3 in.
Two exterior views of the Safeway store in Grande Prairie. Photograph taken by Pacquin.
Location: 0032.08.08.0081-.0082
Co-op, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.5 in.
An exterior view of the Co-op store in Grande Prairie on the north side of Richmond Avenue in the 101 to 102 Street block.
Location: 0032.08.08.0083
Foodliner, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 2 in.
An exterior view of the Foodliner store in Grande Prairie on the southeast corner of 100 Street and 101 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0084
Food Shopping in Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
A man in overalls hands butter to a lady shopper. The man and another man in a suit stand behind a display of Nu-Maid butter.
Location: 0032.08.08.0085
Aboriginal Cemetery near Saskatoon Lake, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of men in an aboriginal cemetery near Saskatoon Lake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0086
Aboriginal Cemetery near Pipestone Creek, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Aboriginal cemetery near Pipestone Creek with crosses, fences, and spirit houses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0087
Pipestone Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Pipestone Creek Cemetery and Memorial Cairn listing graves 1900-1940: Francios Chatelaine, Pete Chatelaine, Alice Chatelaine, Lious Karankote, Henery Stoney, Mairie Stoney, Henery Kenny, Baptiste Kenny, White child, Wilson child, Stoney child, Kenny child, and Chatelaine child.
Location: 0032.08.08.0088
Bear Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 5.25 in.
The Bear Creek Cemetery and memorial sign. The text on the sign reads: “Originated in 1918 when an Asiatic ‘flu took its toll in the Grande Priarie District. This site was chosen because of easier digging in the sandy soil with so many deaths in such a short period of time. Many members of the community gave untiringly of their time, caring for the sick, burying the dead, and many other tasks they were confronted with during these trying times. County of Grande Prairie 1975”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0089
Roman Catholic Church at Grande Prairie, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
St. Vincent Roman Catholic church and cemetery at Grande Prairie. The back of the photograph states “Catholic church at “Grande Prairie”. Myself and pony in front. The pony was mad, notice her head and ears. they are very pretty naturally.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0090
Moving Clairmont Catholic Church, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“Catholic Church in the process of being moved from Clairmont to Sexsmith and from there it was moved to Webster. Courtesy of Walter Ward.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0091
St. Joseph Catholic Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
St. Joseph Catholic Church in Grande Prairie, with the rectory to the left.
Location: 0032.08.08.0092
Immigration Hall, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Grande Prairie’s Immigration Hall, built in 1917. Alternately identified as the Roman Catholic convent, which may have been a later use.
Location: 0032.08.08.0093
Bad Heart Straw Church, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 4.5 in.
Bad Heart Straw Church (Roman Catholic) near Teepee Creek. The church opened in 1954.
Location: 0032.08.08.0094
St. Barnabas’ Church, Flying Shot Lake, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
“Flying Shot Lake St. Barnabas’ Church move[d] to Flying Shot Lake from near Hermit Lake Dedicated Apr. 21, 1929”. The church appears abandoned in this photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0095
English Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Christ Church Anglican, Grande Prairie, with Speke Hall to the right.
Location: 0032.08.08.0096
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, near Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0097
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1980]
2 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, near Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0098-.0099
Christ Church Anglican, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1980]
2 photographs; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Christ Church Anglican and hall, on the corner of 102 Street and 98 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0100-.101
St. Luke’s Anglican Church, Beaverlodge, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 2.25 in.
Close up view of St. Luke’s Anglican Church in Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0102
Bishop Reniston at “The Maples”, 1932
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Bishop Reniston standing beside an outdoor altar at “The Maples”, the Anglican mission at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0103
W. C. Lowe and Rev. H. Dunster, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
“W. C. Lowe with Rev H. Dunster of Ft McMurray” at the Anglican Church. Rev. Dunster appears to be registering for an event. The photograph may have been taken for the June 19, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0104
Ministerial Association Meeting, September 23, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
Six male delegates at a Ministerial Association meeting. A sign in front of them reads “Christ Church Anglican.” The photograph may have been taken for the September 23, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0105
Women’s Missionary Society Meeting, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.5 in.
Four women at a Women’s Missionary Society meeting at Forbes Presbyterian Church. The photograph may have been taken for the February 2, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0106
Rev. R. A. B. MacLean at Forbes Presbyterian Church, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5.5 in.
Rev. R. A . B. MacLean and three other men at Forbes Presbyterian Church. The photograph may have been taken for the February 2, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0107
Ministerial Association Meeting, September 23, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 2.5 in.
Four male delegates, including Rev. R. A. B. MacLean (right) at a Ministerial Association meeting. A sign in front of them reads “Forbes Presbyterian.” The photograph may have been taken for the September 23, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0108
Mrs. Agnes Forbes’ Funeral, August 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 5 in.
Attendees at Mrs. Agnes Forbes’ funeral cluster around the door of McQueen Presbyterian Church (facing what became 100 Avenue) as her coffin is carried out of the church. The back of the photograph is labelled as the “Property of Mrs George Head, Grand Prairie”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0109
McQueen Presbyterian Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Winter view of “McQueen (Grande Prairie) Presbyterian Church, erected in 1911, with Rev. Alexander Forbes in the door-way.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0109a
McQueen Presbyterian Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1967]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The McQueen Presbyterian Church building, located next to St. Paul’s United Church, after the building was no longer in use as a church.
Location: 0032.08.08.0109b
McQueen Presbyterian Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
The McQueen Presbyterian Church building in disrepair, after the building was no longer in use as a church.
Location: 0032.08.08.0109c
Picnic, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A Labour Day picnic at Bear Lake in 1918. “Dr. Forbes leaning against the tree Mr and Mrs Bustard and me.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0110
Rev. Alexander Forbes, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
Rev. Alexander Forbes in a field of tall grain.
Location: 0032.08.08.0111
Rev. Alexander Forbes, [ca. 1900]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Portrait of Rev. Alexander Forbes, the first Presbyterian missionary and minister in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0112
Rev. Alexander Forbes’ Rye Field, August 17, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3.75 in.
An identified woman in Rev. Forbes’ rye field. The back of the photograph states: ” Rye grown on Dr. Forbes’ place Aug. 17, 1918 (after the big frost of July 24th). This rye is 6 feet tall and at one corner is taller but we couldn’t take the picture on account of the sun.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0113
Agnes Sorrel Forbes, [ca. 1900]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Portrait of Agnes Sorrel Forbes, the wife of the first Presbyterian missionary and minister in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0114
Glen Leslie Church, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Glen Leslie Presbyterian Church, built in 1915.
Location: 0032.08.08.0115
Halcourt United Church, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5.75 in.
Exterior view of Halcourt United Church, possibly taken for the June 9, 1959 edition of the Daily Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0116
St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
“First St. Paul’s United Church after 1925 ammalgamation with Presbyterian and Methodist.” The church was located on the northwest corner of 100 Avenue and 102 Street, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0116a
Turning Sod for St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, June 26, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Turning sod for the new St. Paul’s United Church building in Grande Prairie. I. V. Macklin is holding the shovel (right) while Gordon Wilson (left) and Rev. G. B. Johnston (middle) look on. The photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0117
Turning Sod for St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, June 26, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
Turning sod for the new St. Paul’s United Church building in Grande Prairie. I. V. Macklin is holding the shovel (right) while Gordon Wilson (left) and Rev. G. B. Johnston (middle) look on. The photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0118
Laying the Cornerstone for St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, November 1, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
W. S. Given, Elder, assists with laying the cornerstone of the new St. Paul’s United Church building in Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0119
Moving St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, August 3, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6.25 in.
“Old St. Paul’s United Church being moved off site on Richmond Ave. at 102 St.” This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0120
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 26, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
“Opening day of new St. Paul’s United Church 102. St and Richmond Ave West”. A view of the interior of the sanctuary before the congregation arrived. This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0121
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 26, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
“Opening of (2nd) new St. Paul’s United Church”. A view of the seated congregation in the new building. This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0122
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 30, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
Five men participating in an opening ceremony for the new St. Paul’s United Church. This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0123
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 30, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
(L to R) ?, ?, ?, Rev. Bev. Johnston, Rev. Hugh Pritchard, Gordon Wilson, George Parsons, and ? at the opening of the new St. Paul’s United Church. This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0124
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 30, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
Rev. G. B. Johnston speaking at the opening of the new St. Paul’s United Church. Organist Jean O’Brien is in the background. This photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0125
St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
“Front of St. Paul’s United Church Facing Richmond Ave. at 102 St.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0126
St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Congregation leaving the St. Paul’s United Church building.
Location: 0032.08.08.0127
St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Congregation leaving the St. Paul’s United Church building.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128
St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Congregation leaving the St. Paul’s United Church building.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128a
Opening St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie, April 30, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
An interior view of the sanctuary during the opening of the new St. Paul’s United Church. A speaker is at the pulpit with a seated congregation and choir.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128b
Roy F. Smith and Rev. Donald Frame, July 28, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.25 in.
Roy F. Smith shaking the hand of Rev. Donald Frame at St. Paul’s United Church, Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128c
Ministerial Association Meeting, September 23, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Six delegates (three men, three women) at a Ministerial Association meeting. A sign in front of them reads “Valleyview United.” The photograph may have been taken for the September 23, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128d
Peace River Presbyterial, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
Peace River Presbyterial meeting for the United Church. Rev. Donald Frame is standing on the left. The photograph may have been taken for the February 22, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0128e
Ministerial Association Meeting, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
Delegates at a Ministerial Association meeting: (L to R, back) Rev. Donald Frame and Gordon Nelson, (front) George Simpson, Ernie Radbourne, and Harold Ayre. A sign in front of them reads “St. Paul’s United.” The photograph may have been taken for the September 23, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0129
Camp Os-Ke-De, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
Rev. Chubb with a group of boys at the United Church Camp Os-Ke-De. This photograph may have been used in the July 15, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0130
Camp Os-Ke-De, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
A group of boys and one girl at the United Church Camp Os-Ke-De. This photograph may have been used in the July 15, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0131
Canadian Girls in Training (CGIT) Ceremony, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
A group of Canadian Girls in Training (CGIT) in uniform, some of them holding candles for a ceremony. The photograph may have been used in the December 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0132
Canadian Girls in Training (CGIT), 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 3.5 in.
A group of Canadian Girls in Training (CGIT) and their leader, in uniform. The photograph may have been used in the March 13, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0133
Lutheran Bible Camp Group at the Lake, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
A group of boys and girls at a lake with a Lutheran Bible Camp. The photograph may have been used in the July 17, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0134
Lutheran Church Choir, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5 in.
Group photograph of men and women in the Lutheran Church Choir. The photograph may have been used in the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0135
Baptist Church, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The Baptist Church in Grande Prairie with boards on its windows.
Location: 0032.08.08.0136
Seventh Day Adventists’ Welfare Service Centre, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7 in.
Mrs. Frank Crummy (foreground) and several other ladies working at the Seventh Day Adventists’ Welfare Service Centre. Photograph possibly taken for the October 6, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0137
Salvation Army Christmas Appeal, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Salvation Army member with a Christmas Kettle collection contributions from passersby. The photograph was possibly taken for the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0138
Salvation Army, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Salvation Army members with Commissioner Wycliffe Booth and Mrs. Booth. Wycliffe was the grandson of the founder of the Salvation Army, William Booth. The photograph was possibly taken for the May 11, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0139
Salvation Army Christmas Appeal, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Salvation Army member O. L. Davis collects a Christmas Kettle contribution from a passerby. The photograph was possibly taken for the December 15, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0140
Salvation Army Red Shield Campaign, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
Salvation Army members and others working on the Red Shield Campaign.
Location: 0032.08.08.0141
Christian Reformed Church, La Glace, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Exterior view of the Christian Reformed Church in La Glace in winter.
Location: 0032.08.08.0142
Peace Chapel Christian Reformed Church, Grande Prairie La Glace, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Exterior view of the Peace Chapel Christian Reformed Church in Grande Prairie in winter. The photograph may have been used in the July 5, 1963 edition of the Herald Tribune for the church’s dedication.
Location: 0032.08.08.0143
Christian and Missionary Alliance Church, Grande Prairie, 1979
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
Exterior view of the Alliance Church in Grande Prairie on the southeast corner of Clairmont Road (100 Street) and 108 Avenue. The photograph was possibly taken for the June 8, 1979 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0144
Rev. Norman Galbraith, [ca. 1949-1951]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
Rev. Norman Galbraith of the the Alliance Church in Beaverlodge, 1949-1951.
Location: 0032.08.08.0145
Rev. Grant Hastie, [ca. 1953-1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Rev. Grant Hastie of the the Alliance Church, 1953-1955.
Location: 0032.08.08.0146
Rev. Norman Dreger, [ca. 1951-1953]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
Rev. Norman Dreger of the the Alliance Church, 1951-1953.
Location: 0032.08.08.0147
Rev. R. Reid, [ca. 1956-1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 2.5 in.
Rev. R. Reid of the the Alliance Church, 1956-1959.
Location: 0032.08.08.0148
Robert Patterson, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Robert Patterson of the Alliance Church. The photograph was possibly taken for the March 3, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0149
C. R. Alton, [ca. 1959-1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
C. R. Alton of the Alliance Church, 1959-1965. The photograph was possibly taken for the March 3, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0150
Cornerstone Laying, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of people assembed for what appears to be the cornerstone laying of the new Catholic Church.
Location: 0032.08.08.0151
Gideons International Bible Presentation, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Lynne Barker and Eddy Balcourt receiving Bibles from Gideons International at Swanavon School. The photograph was possibly taken for the October 21, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0152
Group of Ministers, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
A group of ministers, including Rev. Chubb (second from left) and Rev. Don Frame (second from right) seated at a table. The photograph was possibly taken for the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0153
Bantings’ 25th Wedding Anniversary, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.25 in.
Rev. and Mrs. Banting of Beaverlodge cutting the cake at their 25th wedding anniversary celebration. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0154
Montage of Churches, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 6.5 in.
A montage of five different local church buildings (possibly St. Paul’s United Church, ?, Christ Church Anglican, ?, and St. Joseph Catholic Church).
Location: 0032.08.08.0155
St. Patrick’s Tea, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
The Catholic Women’s League holding a St. Patrick’s Tea. The photograph was possibly taken for the March 22, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0156
Catholic Women’s League, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.25 in.
A floral presentation at the Catholic Women’s League event. The photograph was possibly taken for an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0157
Catholic Women’s League, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.5 in.
A corsage presentation at the Catholic Women’s League event. The photograph was possibly taken for an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0158
Patrick and Beverly Diemert, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7.5 in.
Patrick and Beverly Diemert, children of Duane Diemert of Crooked Creek holding a bat and large ball. The photograph was likely taken for use in the June 9, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0159
Children in a Car, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
Billy Bessent (age 3), Carl Hofmeister (age 3), David Lucknell (age 6), and Louise Hofmeister (age 4, daughter of Kurt Hofmeister) waving out the windows of a parked car. Photograph likely taken for the June 19, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0160
Klettke Children with a Stroller, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
Bobby (age 2) and Erin (age 4), children of Otto Klettke, with a stroller. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July, 3, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0161
Girls at the Library, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
Irene Ciura (age 12) and Shirley Giroux (age 12) looking at books. Photograph possibly taken for use in the June 5, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0162
Wertman Girls, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.25 in.
Gladys (age 4) and Wendy, daughters of W. W. Wertman, with a stroller. Photograph possibly taken for use in the July 31, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0163
Dykink Children, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Rolfe (age 4) and Robina (age 9) watch Nancy (4 months) in a perambulator. All three are children of John Dykink of Edson. Photograph possibly taken for use in the July 28, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0164
Girls with a Dollhouse, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Suzie (daughter of M. W. Lidster) and Reba (daughter of Archie Hacknell) play with a dollhouse. Photograph possibly taken for use in the October 9, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0165
Barry Peterson, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Barry Peterson (age 12), son of A. K. Peterson, holding a puppy. Photograph possibly taken for use in the July 14, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0166
Neil Rycroft, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
Neil Rycroft, son of Dan Rycroft, going down a slide. Photograph possibly taken for use in the July 17, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0167
Barry Martin, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.25 in.
Barry Martin, son of Alex Martin, with a German Shepherd dog. Photograph likely taken for use in the August 14, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0168
Little Children, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Joanne (age 2) in a sled being pulled by Donny (age 6) outside of the office of Dr. R. G. Stubbs, Chiropractor. Joanne and Donny are both children of L. G. Little. Photograph likely taken for use in the March 22, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0169
Barbara Wold, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Barbara Wold (age 4), daughter of Lennie Wold of Valhalla Centre with a large bride doll at a store. Photograph likely taken for use in the December 21, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0170
Children Outside a Store Window at Christmas, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Jimmy Wood (age 10, Grade 4, son of William F. Wood), Sandra Schartner (age 9, Grade 4, daughter of Fred Schartner), and Phyllis Duncan ( age 10, Grade 4, daughter of Robert Duncan) looking at a Christmas store window. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0171
Girl with Book, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Unidentified child seated at a desk and looking at a picture book. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0172
Toddlers, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 5.5 in.
Two unidentified toddlers, one with a bandaged head and one holding a feather. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0173
Girls at the Library, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Two unidentified girls looking at books. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0174
Children on a Sled, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Two unidentified children sitting on a sled with their hands on a large package. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0175
Girl with Doll, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
An unidentified girl holding a doll, seated at a tea table, and surrounded by other toys. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0176
Card Shopping, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
An unidentified girl and women shopping for cards. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0177
Barbara Wold, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Barbara Wold (age 4), daughter of Lennie Wold of Valhalla Centre with a baby carriage at a store. Photograph likely taken for use in the December 21, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0178
Children by a Christmas Tree, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Two unidentified children beside a decorated Christmas tree. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0179
Visiting Santa, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.75 in.
An unidentified girl sitting on Santa’s knee. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0180
Girls Shopping, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Two unidentified girls shopping in a store. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0181
Girl with Doll, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
An unidentified girl holding a doll, seated at a tea table, and surrounded by other toys. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0182
Girls at the Library, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
Four unidentified girls looking at books. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0183
Children at the Playground, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
A group of children on the merry-go-round and slides at the playground at Lake Saskatoon. Photograph likely taken for use in the July 17, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0184
Children at the Library, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
A large group of children at the looking at books. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0185
Children at the Playground, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.25 in.
Three unidentified children at the playground on the jungle gym. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0186
Children Wearing Masks, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Two unidentified children wearing masks. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0187
Christmas Pageant, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
A group of children dressed as shepherds and Bible-era ladies with headscarves, likely for a Christmas pageant. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0188
Kids at Halloween, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
A group of children dressed up for Halloween and carrying bags and pillowcases. Photograph likely taken for use in the November 1, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0189
City Charter Arrives, February 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Henry McCullough delivers a copy of the new City charter to Mayor Jack Mackie on the steps of the Court House in Grande Prairie, after riding from Edmonton on horseback.
Location: 0032.08.08.0190
Delivering the City Charter, February 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.75 in.
Henry McCullough has a drink on his way to deliver a copy of the new City charter to Mayor Jack Mackie. McCullough had ridden from Edmonton on horseback.
Location: 0032.08.08.0191
Opening of City Hall, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Dignitaries, RCMP, and onlookers gathered for the opening of the new City Hall on the northwest corner of 101 Street and 99 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0192
City Hall, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
Council chamber in the new City Hall.
Location: 0032.08.08.0193
City Hall, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 3 in.
Secretarial and office area in the new City Hall.
Location: 0032.08.08.0194
Canvassing for the CNIB, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
A CNIB (Canadian National Institute for the Blind) canvasser and donor. The photograph was likely taken to use in the April 20, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0195
CNIB Appeal, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5.75 in.
A group of men and women examining CNIB (Canadian National Institute for the Blind) appeal information. The photograph was likely taken to use in the October 9, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0196
Canvassing for CNIB, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
An unidentified woman canvassing for CNIB (Canadian National Institute for the Blind). The photograph was likely taken to use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0197
Mrs. Lewis Fowler, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.75 in.
Mrs. Lewis Fowler with her seeing eye dog, an award-winning Doberman Pinscher. The photograph was likely taken to use in the September 11, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0198
Civil Defence Preparation, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
A man and woman making civil defence preparations. The photograph was likely taken to use in a 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0199
Babysitting Course, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
A group of boys and girls attempting to diaper a baby mannequin during a Grande Prairie Civil Defence babysitting course. The photograph was likely taken to use in the July 24, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0200
Single Unit Civil Defence, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
A group of men at a civil defence meeting or course. The photograph was likely taken to use in the September 30, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0201
Civil Defence Course, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.25 in.
A group of men and women at a 10 weeks civil defence course. The photograph was likely taken to use in the October 14, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0202
Wapiti Mines, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
Men walking outside of the Wapiti Coal Mines.
Location: 0032.08.08.0203
Star-Key Coal Mine, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
Men working in the Star-Key Coal Mine north of Edmonton. The photograph is stamped on the back “Please Credit: Alberta Government Photograph Department of Industry & Development Edmonton, Alta. This photograph may not be used for…”
Location: 0032.08.08.0204
Telegraph Office, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A government Telegraph Office at an unidentified location. The photograph was likely obtained from Mrs. E. M. Blake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0205
Alberta Government Telephones Building, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The Alberta Government Telephones building in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0206
Gordon Brattland, [ca. 1956]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Gordon Brattland, the last N. A. R. telegraph operator seated in the telegraph office. The photograph was possibly taken to use in the September 28, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0207
Alberta Forestry Service, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.5 in.
The Alberta Forestry Service buildings in what later became Avondale. The house (right) eventually became 10328 107 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0208
Alberta Government Telephones Building, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.5 in.
The exterior of the Alberta Government Telephones building on the southwest corner of 99 Avenue and 101 Street. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0209
Alberta Government Telephones Building, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
The interior of the new Alberta Government Telephones building on the southwest corner of 99 Avenue and 101 Street. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0210
Alberta Government Telephones Building, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
The switchboard and switchboard operators at the Alberta Government Telephones building on the southwest corner of 99 Avenue and 101 Street. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0211
Les Smith, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
Les Smith, Alberta Government Telephones manager. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0212
Rose Belecki and Mrs. Max Swallow, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
Rose Belecki and Mrs. Max Swallow at Alberta Government Telephones. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0213
Grande Prairie Town Council, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5.25 in.
Grande Prairie’s Town Council. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 23, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0214
A. W. Carveth, [ca. 1913]
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 2.75 in.
A. W. Carveth, the first Reeve of the Rural Municipality of Grande Prairie No. 709, elected January 6, 1913.
Location: 0032.08.08.0215
James McFarlane, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 2.75 in.
James McFarlane, the first Reeve of the Rural Municipality of Bear Lake No. 740, organized December 11, 1912.
Location: 0032.08.08.0216
First County Council, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
“First sitting of the County of Grande Prairie No. 1 was held last Thursday in the Municipal building. It will be an historic occasion in the growth of the Peace River country. Holding office and taking part in the sitting as the Municipal Manager handed over the county were: from left to right, front row, L. Hawkes; M. D. Kehr; G. R. Johnson; second row, M. W. Howey, R. H. Rycroft; A. W. Morrison; T. A. Warden; Alex Novlesky; third row, B. Liland; Percy Johnson; Stan Hambly; E. Williamson; A. E. Hawksworth; back row, Russ Bowen, county secretary-treasurer; H. W. Reich and Cal Merkley. Herald-Tribune Staff Photo).” The photograph was taken for the March 15, 1951 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0217
County Council, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6.5 in.
County of Grande Prairie council. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 8, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0218
A. C. Sorken, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A. C. Sorken, County of Grande Prairie councillor. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 21, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0219
Farm Service Board, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5 in.
County of Grande Prairie Farm Service Board having a meeting. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the January 17, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0220
County Council, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.75 in.
County of Grande council. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0221
County Councillors, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.75 in.
Four County of Grande councillors, including Bernard Liland (far right). The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0222
W. D. Robertson, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
W. D. Robertson, the County of Grande Prairie Assistant Secretary-Treasurer. Photograph likely taken for use in the April 7, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0223
County Plaque, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Two men showing a plaque “In Honour of the Introduction of the County System in Alberta” and listing the councillors and trustees of the County of Grande Prairie No. 1.
Location: 0032.08.08.0224
Wapiti Lodge, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
The Wapiti Lodge built as a dormitory for out of town students attending Grande Prairie High School.
Location: 0032.08.08.0225
Bernard Liland, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Bernard Liland, chairman of the County of Grande Prairie School Committee.
Location: 0032.08.08.0226
Bernard Liland, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.5 in.
Bernard Liland, chairman of the County of Grande Prairie School Committee.. Horizontally flipped image of 0032.08.08.0226.
Location: 0032.08.08.0227
Bernard Liland, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Bernard Liland, County of Grande councillor.
Location: 0032.08.08.0228
Grande Prairie Courthouse, 1928
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
The Grande Prairie Courthouse, shortly after construction.
Location: 0032.08.08.0229
Grande Prairie Courthouse, 1928
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
Postcard of the Grande Prairie Courthouse. A message on the back states: “G. P. is coming along slowly it seems. It’s stores are still small and not like the stores even in Olympia or Centralia. Mom[.] I’ll write you later and send out Saturday.” It is quite likely that “Mom” is Isabel Campbell’s mother, Myrtle Campbell.
Location: 0032.08.08.0230
Grande Prairie Drop In, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 5 in.
The former Grande Prairie Public Library and former Courthouse on the southwest corner of 101 Street and 99 Avenue, with a “Drop In” sign covering the Library sign over the front door.
Location: 0032.08.08.0231
Grande Prairie Courthouse, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
Three men working on the windows of the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0232
Pruning Trees at the Grande Prairie Courthouse, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Three men working on pruning and cutting trees at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0233
New Canadian Citizens, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
New Canadian citizens at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the September 28, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0234
New Canadian Citizens, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.25 in.
New Canadian citizens at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the June 29, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0235
New Canadian Citizens, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 3.75 in.
New Canadian citizens at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the July 6, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0236
New Canadian Citizens, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Three new Canadian citizens, including a nun, with their certificates of citizenship at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the October 27, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune (note on the back says “Not used”).
Location: 0032.08.08.0237
New Canadian Citizens, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.5 in
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship, on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the December 4, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0238
New Canadian Citizens, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.5 in.
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the September 18, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0239
New Canadian Citizens, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.5 in.
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the June 26, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0240
New Canadian Citizens, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.75 in.
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the May 29, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0241
New Canadian Citizens, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6.5 in.
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the December 9, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0242
New Canadian Citizens, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
New Canadian citizens, with their certificates of citizenship on the stairs at the Grande Prairie courthouse. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the October 28, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0243
Grande Prairie Craft Guild, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
A women operates a loom, while another looks on. The women are presumably members of the Grande Prairie Craft Guild. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the September 18, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0244
Beaverlodge Craft Club Exhibition, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Women members of the Grande Prairie Craft Guild have tea at a Beaverlodge Craft Club Exhibition. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the June 5, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0245
Grande Prairie Craft Guild, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Two women, presumably members of the Grande Prairie Craft Guild, operate a loom while a man looks on. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0246
Trinity Lutheran W. M. F. Drama, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
A group of women from the Trinity Lutheran W. M. F. act in a dramatic presentation. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the May 17, 1957 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0247
Grande Prairie Drama Club, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Men and women in a Grande Prairie Drama Club production. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the December 12, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0248
Grande Prairie Drama Festival, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 6.75 in.
Men and women in “The Blue Concerto” at the Grande Prairie Drama Festival. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the October 16, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0249
Grande Prairie Players, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Men and women of the Grande Prairie Players gathered around a table with scripts. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the October 14, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0250
Peace River Drama Festival Awards, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Actors and actresses with awards from the Peace River Drama Festival. A note on the back of photograph states: “Second Peace River Drama Festival Award “Thrice Promised Bride.”” The photograph was possibly taken for use in the March 20, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0251
Grande Prairie Little Theatre’s “Oklahoma”, 1964
2 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Actors and an actress from the cast of “Oklahoma” presented by Grande Prairie Little Theatre. The photographs were possibly taken for use in the March 17, 1964 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0252-.0253
Dunvegan, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
View of the Hudson’s Bay Post at Dunvegan and the hills behind.
Location: 0032.08.08.0254
Dunvegan, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Bird’s eye view of the Hudson’s Bay Post at Dunvegan with the Peace River in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0255
Dunvegan, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
View of the St. Charles Catholic Mission buildings and ferry tower at Dunvegan taken from the south side of the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0256
Ferry at Dunvegan, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The ferry at Dunvegan docked on the banks of the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0257
Ferry at Dunvegan, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The ferry at Dunvegan crossing the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0258
Dunvegan, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
St. Charles Catholic Mission buildings at Dunvegan with the ferry tower in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0259
Dunvegan, [ca. 1920]
2 photographs; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company buildings at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0260-.0261
Pack Horses Swimming the Wapiti River, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The pack horses from the McFarlane survey team swimming the Wapiti River. Photograph by Harry Tuffill.
Location: 0032.08.08.0262
Dunvegan, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company buildings and ferry tower at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0263
Dunvegan, 1940
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A note on the back of the photograph states: “Peace River at Dunveygan [sic] Aug. 1940 We took the girls Betty & Edna on a trip before school started.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0264
“The Maples” at Dunvegan, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The sign at “The Maples” at Dunvegan. The text reads”The Maples This Spot Is The Property of The Anglican Church. The Site of The First Protestant Mission. These Maples Were Planted Three Quarters of a Century Ago. Picnickers Are Welcome To Use The Grounds, But We of St. Helen’s Chi-Rho Ask You To Respect It’s Historical And Sacred Aspects. Kindly Dispose of all Refuse And Help Us To Keep It Respectable. – 1955 -“.
Location: 0032.08.08.0265
Dunvegan, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
A wooded trail at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0266
Dunvegan Suspension Bridge Historic Dunvegan, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A postcard showing the suspension bridge and St. Charles Catholic Mission buildings at Dunvegan.The caption printed on the card says “Located 55 miles north of Grande Prairie, this 1800 foot suspension bridge spans the Peace River at the site of old Fort Dunvegan. In the 1800’s, Dunvegan was the hub of the Peace Country. Air Services Courtesy – Totem Air”. The cards were published by Brian P. Adams.
Location: 0032.08.08.0267
On the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
John Stocks (left), the first Deputy Minister of Public Works in Alberta and Ewan McMillan on the Edson Trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0268
On the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Ewan McMillan, horse wrangler (left), John Stocks, first Deputy Minister of Public Works (right), with a woman and her daughter on the Edson Trail. The woman is the cook of the work camp where her husband is the foreman.
Location: 0032.08.08.0269
On the Trail to the Peace Country, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A loaded wagon and sleigh on the trail to the Peace River Country in the winter of 1911.
Location: 0032.08.08.0270
Miller Family on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Miller’s Family on th [sic] Edson Trail Going to Pouce Coupe in winter”. The photograph is labelled as the property of Mrs. Edith Mair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0271
Leaving for Supplies, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
G. S. Lovering leaves for supplies over the Edson Trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0272
Camping on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Four men with guns, a tent, and luggage camped on the Edson Trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0273
On the Trail to Grande Prairie, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Five men with wagons camped on the Edson Trail to Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0274
On the Trail to Grande Prairie, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Forrest Falk talking to Floyd Totten who is loaded up to go to his homestead in Glen Leslie. Picture taken at Robert Cochrane’s by “Becky” Sawyer in 1912.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0275
First Car to Travel the Edson Trail, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
People in and around the first car to travel the Edson Trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0276
Buckskin Charlie on the Edson Trail, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “”Buckskin Charlie” Charles Wellington Connor driving the Four-up mail team through the icy waters of the Little Smoky River on the Edson Trail, in Nov. 1912.” Charlie homesteaded near La Glace on SW 4-74-8, filing February 28, 1914
Location: 0032.08.08.0277
Buckskin Charlie on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Buckskin Charlie – on our way out over the Edson Trail.” Charlie is seated on the back of a wagon with another man nearby on the ground.
Location: 0032.08.08.0278
Autumn on the Edson Trail, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
A scenic view of a bridge over a stream surrounded by trees during autumn on the Edson Trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0279
10 Miles from Little Smoky River, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Our caboose, in the pines, this road was as crooked as a cow path,. And many the jolt we got by the caboose hitting a tree, Our caboose looked as if it had been thru the war.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0280
Doubleing Up Little Smokey, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “The longest hill on the trail, six on this load, and then they had all they could do. One of our neighbors loads, our oxen on ahead.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0281
Lewis Stopping Place, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “This is another view. Our Caboose in the back-ground, mother, father, little sister and brother & Brother in law near the caboose, and myself and nephew in the fore-ground. The, cattle, sheep, and, horses, in the distanst [sic] belong to the proprietor of the stopping place.” The speaker is likely Minerva South (later Mrs. Fred Smith), making the other people in the photograph Mrs. Minerva A. and Mr. J. M. South, Rena South, Floyd South, Selby McAusland, and Warren McAusland.
Location: 0032.08.08.0282
Mail Horses on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2..75 in.
Mail horses crossing a partially frozen river on the Edson Trail. Photograph taken by Edgar Spurgeon of Edson. The photograph is held by Glenbow-Alberta Institute, NA-1679-7.
Location: 0032.08.08.0283
Ferry on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.5 in.
A wagon pulled by four horses is crossing a river on a ferry while travelling on the Edson Trail. The back of the photograph is stamped “Outdoor Adventure Features Raymond Thompson 15815 2nd Place West Lynnwood, Wash. 98036”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0284
Settlers on the Edson Trail, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7 in.
A group of settlers beside a caboose with their animals. The photograph is held by the Glenbow, NC-6-710.
Location: 0032.08.08.0285
Travellers in Edson, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
Men with a team of horses and a team of oxen on the main street of Edson.
Location: 0032.08.08.0286
Edson Trail Cairn, 1986
1 photograph; colour; 4 x 6 in.
Caption on the back of the photograph states: “Mrs. Winnie Moore and Mr. Allan McQuarrie at cairn unveiling – dedicated to pioneers of the Grande Prairie – Edson Trail.” Photo taken by Fran Moore.
Location: 0032.08.08.0287
Premier Ernest Manning, 1953
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 9.5 in.
Premier Ernest Manning shaking the hand of a local resident.
Location: 0032.08.08.0288
Ira McLaughlin Campaigning, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
Ira McLaughlin during the 1955 provincial elections.
Location: 0032.08.08.0289
Provincial Election Campaign, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.5 in.
Men and women working on the 1959 provincial election campaign.
Location: 0032.08.08.0290
Civic Election Ballots, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
Mrs. McFetridge and K. C. Johnston, the Deputy Returning Officer, with ballots for the 1959 civic election. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0291
At the Ballot Box, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Frank Spicer, Mrs. Geo. Cave (Ruby Mitchell), and ? at the ballot box during the 1959 election. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0292
Old Timers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
Ira McLaughlin, Robert (Bob) Cochrane, and Franklin Brewer at the 1959 Old Timers’ picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0293
Grande Prairie Elevators, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Grande Prairie’s grain elevators in 1917.
Location: 0032.08.08.0294
United Grain Growers Board, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
The United Grain Growers board sitting around a table.
Location: 0032.08.08.0295
Senior Competitors’ Calf Class, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.5 in.
“1934 – Gen. Wembley 1. The Senior competitors’ calf class at the 1934 Field Day at Alex. Craig’s farm, Wembley, June 23, 1934. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0296
Eleventh Annual Hay Crop, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
“B. L. 1935 – F. C. 2. Eleventh annual hay crop from the Grimm Brooks, Set 1 plot of the 1923 seeding of V. T. alfalfa on an exposed knoll. Yield in 1935 4487 pounds. Average yield in 11 years. Photo taken July 13. Photo by E. C. Stacey.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0297
Alfalfa Field, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
“B. L. 1935 – F. C. 3. 1932 seeding of V. T. alfalfa, J. Busack standing in plot of Ladok alfalfa (set 2). Height 30 inches. Yield 5052 pounds per acre. Photo taken July 13, 1935. Photo by E. C. Stacey.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0298
Western Ryegrass and Brome, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 4.5 in.
“B. L. 1935 – F. C. 5. Western ryegrass (left) and brome (right) in the 1935 crop of the 1933 seeding of the Grass and test (Set 2), as on July 20. Final hay yields: Western ryegrass 3226 lb. brome 7026 lb. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0299
Hogs at the Experimental Station, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
“B. L. 1935 – A. H. 19. Lot 5. Feeding trial of spring litters, photo taken Sept. 13. Hogs fed since weaning on oats and barley as the cereal, the barley in the same proportion as the wheat in lot 3. Ave. age when marketed. Ave. weight when marketed. Grading results. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0300
Beekeeper’s Field Day, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 4 in.
“B. L. 1935 – Ap. 2. C. B. Gooderham, Dominion Apiarist demonstrating at the Beekeepers’ Field Day, June 12, 1935. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0301
Alex Craig’s Herd, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
“1935 – Gen. C. 15. A few matrons in the short-horn herd of Alex. Craig, Wembley, Alta., August 31, 1935. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0302
Flower Beds at the Experimental Station, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 7.75 x 5.25 in.
“B. L. 1936 – H. 5. Flower Beds in front of greenhouse. Sweet Alyssum bordering beds of Harbinger Salvia in foreground, Dwarf Bedding Aster circular beds and Pink Gem Petunia immediately in front of Crimson Bedder Nicotiana, African Orange Daisies flanking dirt walk on extreme left. Photo Aug. 25. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0303
Flax Plots at the Experimental Station, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
“B. L. 1936 – C. 4. Variety-test flax plots on Course 6. In full bloom, July 21. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0304
Potatoes at the Experimental Station, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
“B. L. 1936 – F. H. 12. Fertilizer test with potatoes, Carman No. 1 variety, Set 4, looking west, July 22. View centring on path between ammonium-phosphate plot (left) and superphosphate plot (right). Next the super plot check Set 3. Next the ammonium-phosphate plot, Ntrate Set 4. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0305
Squash and Marrow at the Experimental Station, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
“B. L. 1936 – H. 11. Squash and marrow picked Sept. 1. Photographed Sept. 2. Note carpenter’s square upper left. Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0306
J. H. Crossley with Sweet Corn and Tomatoes, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
“B. L. 1936 – H. 9. Sweet corn and tomatoes, Aug. 29. J. H. Crossley holding a basin of “Buza’s Earliest Dwarf.” Photo by W. D. Albright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0307
Percy Stephens in a Crop of Oats, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Text on the back of the photograph states: “60 acre crop of oats Percy Stephens Beaverlodge 1937. Crop leaning on account of high wind.” Photograph likely taken by W. D. Albright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0308
Hon. J. G. Gardiner Speaking at the Cereal Field Day, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.25 in.
Text on the back of the photograph states: “Hon. J. G. Gardiner, Dom. Minister of agriculture addressing a crowd of over 400. at the Cereal Field day Aug 11. 1937.” Photograph likely taken by W. D. Albright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0309
Hon. J. G. Gardiner Speaking at the Cereal Field Day, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.25 in.
Text on the back of the photograph states: “Hon. J. G. Gardiner. Dom. Minister of agriculture addressing a crowd of 400. or more at the Cereal Field Day. B. L 1937 Misc. 7.” Photograph likely taken by W. D. Albright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0310
E. C. Stacey Hosts Visitors at the Experimental Farm, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.25 in.
E. C. Stacey, the Superintendent of the Beaverlodge Experimental Farm, hosts visiting officials. Photograph likely taken for use in the July 27, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0311
A. Gordon at the Experimental Station, [ca. 1956]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6.25 in.
A. Gordon and a group of young people in the garden at the Beaverlodge Experimental Station. Photograph likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0312
C. H. Anderson, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
A portrait of C. H. Anderson. Photograph likely taken for use in the May 20, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0313
E. C. Stacey, [ca.1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
A portrait of E. C. Stacey. The back of the photograph is stamped with “Canada Dept. of Agriculture Research Branch bio-Graphic unit Scientific Information Section.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0314
E. C. Stacey, [ca.1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 4.25 in.
E. C. Stacey and an unidentified man.
Location: 0032.08.08.0315
Retirement Ceremony for E. C. Stacey, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
E. C. Stacey receives a certificate during his retirement ceremony. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 8, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0316
Sports Day on the Grande Prairie, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of Metis women and children assembled outside tents for the July ,1910 Sports Day. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Mrs. John Smith of R. R. 1, Wembley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0317
3rd Annual Fair at Grande Prairie, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Groups of people assembled for the third annual fair at Grande Prairie. There are piles of lumber visible in the foreground. The photograph is labelled as belonging to Victor Flint of Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0318
Sports Day at Lake Saskatoon, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
A baseball game and spectators at the Lake Saskatoon sports day.
Location: 0032.08.08.0319
Grande Prairie Fair, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 5 in.
Pole assembled for the 1913 Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Geo. S. Lovering.
Location: 0032.08.08.0320
Grande Prairie Fair, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
Handicrafts, food, and samples of work on display at the Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Geo. S. Lovering.
Location: 0032.08.08.0321
Rodeo at Grande Prairie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A man riding a bucking animal (perhaps a bull?). The reverse of the photograph is a postcard written to Mr. S. Noll of Almena, Wisconsin. The text reads “Dear Father: This is what we do to pass the time away. I am still well and satisfied with my own cooking. Wm.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0322
Sports Day, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of people walking past a tent set up a Sports Day near or at Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0323
Grandstand at the Big Stampede, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A large group of people in the “First covered grandstand, in use for the Big Stampede of 1916.” The photograph appears to have been acquired from Gerald Carveth.
Location: 0032.08.08.0324
High Jump at the Stampede, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A man doing high jump at the Grande Prairie Stampede in front of the grandestand and numerous spectators. The reverse of the photograph is a postcard addressed to David H. Axon of Blind River, Ontario. “July 31st 1916 Dear Friends: – I suppose you have heard from nearly every body but one, I received your letter and card from (Round lake) I only get my mail once a week and it goes down on Sundays so I missed the mail yesterday Miss Miller tells me she got word from yous from Port Arthur or Ft. W. So I hope there is one for me when I get home. This is the first I have been in town since you left this is I missed one Sunday, oh, say, about that little white kitten) money wouldn’t buy it from me, it is the greatest little kitten I ever seen. I hope you had a good trip out. By bye for this time, Your friend. Chas. BJ. c/o Fred Deagle.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0325
Lake Saskatoon Fair, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A large number of spectators gathered in the grandstand and along the rail at the 1916 Lake Saskatoon Fair. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Percy H. Jones of McLennan, Alberta.
Location: 0032.08.08.0326
Lake Saskatoon Fair, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Spectators watch the Ladies Race at the 1916 Lake Saskatoon Fair. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Mrs. L. Konshak of Wembley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0327
Chariot Race, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Spectators watch a chariot race at the 1917 Grande Prairie sports day. Tents and teepees are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0328
Parade, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A parade of floats led by a brass band. The photograph appears to have been acquired from H. E. Oxley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0329
Racetrack at Grande Prairie, [ca. 1922]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Spectators watch a chariot race at Grande Prairie’s racetrack.
Location: 0032.08.08.0330
Grandstand at Grande Prairie, [ca. 1922]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Grandstand at the Grande Prairie fairgrounds. A caption on the back of the photo states: “A new and larger covered grandstand was erected about 1922.” The photograph appears to have been acquired from Gerald Carveth.
Location: 0032.08.08.0331
Fair Officials, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Officials for the Grande Prairie Fair seated at a table. A list of conveners for the various exhibit categories is visible on the blackboard behind the officials. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0332
Fair Officials, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
Officials for the Grande Prairie Fair seated at a table. A list of the executive and directors is visible on the blackboard behind the officials. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0333
On Horseback, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
A group of people (possibly a family) in fancy western clothes, mounted on horses.The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune. This is a cropped and enlarged version of photograph 0032.08.08.0334a.
Location: 0032.08.08.0334
On Horseback, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of people (possibly a family) in fancy western clothes, mounted on horses.The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0334a
Horse Racing, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Spectators cheer on riders on horseback in a race. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.This is a cropped and enlarged version of photograph 0032.08.08.0335a.
Location: 0032.08.08.0335
Horse Racing, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Spectators cheer on riders on horseback in a race. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0335a
CLNA Parade Float, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.25 in.
The CNLA float drives past a movie theatre. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0336
Riders on Parade, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
Two riders mounted on horseback take part in a parade. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0337
Parade Down 100th Avenue, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5 in.
A parade passes down main street (100th Avenue) in Grande Prairie. The Hudson’s Bay Company, Butchart’s Drugs, Palace Café, P. V. Croken’s, Frank Rothwell Real Estate and Insurance, Grande Prairie Hotel, Marshall Wells, Grande Prairie Department Store, and R. H. Watcher Jewelery Store are visible in the background. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0338
Parade Down 100th Avenue, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
A parade passes down main street (100th Avenue) in Grande Prairie. The Hudson’s Bay Company, Butchart’s Drugs, Palace Café, and P. V. Croken’s are visible in the background. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0339
Parade Down 100th Avenue, [ca. 1955]
3 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Three contact sheet prints show a parade float, horses being shown, and a raft battle, all presumably parts of the annual fair. The photographs were possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0340
Showing a Horse, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
A man showing a horse at a Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0341
Showing a Horse, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 4 in.
A man showing a horse at a Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0342
Showing Cattle, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A man showing cattle at a Grande Prairie Fair. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0343
4H Display, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7 in.
A woman and girl look at a 4H display. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0344
Trophy Display, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.5 in.
A young man viewing a display of livestock trophies. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0345
Film Council, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Members of the Film Council examine a film strip. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0346
Film Council, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.75 in.
Members of the Film Council watch a man writing. The photograph was likely used in the November 10, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0347
Film Council, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Members of the Film Council. Two of the men are wearing ribbons indicating that they are members of the “Festival Committee”. The photograph was likely used in the April 26, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0348
Grande Prairie Fire Brigade, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A caption written on the front of the photograph states “Grande Prairie Fire Brigade Chief in white uniform. Guy Wright Sec Tres above x [second from right, front row] This is in front of town hall.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0349
Annual Firemen’s Picnic, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Abe Smith, O. Webber, Andy Roberts, Bill Campbell, A. Brooks, and __ Jurney at the annual Firemen’s Picnic at Lake Saskatoon. Possibly used in the July 1, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0350
Grande Prairie Fire, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Fire in Grande Prairie. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0351
Peace River Country and Northwest Territories Fire Officials, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.25 in.
Fire officials from the Peace River Country and the Northwest Territories gathered around a table. Photograph likely taken for use in the February 12, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0352
Hose-Laying Competition, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Grande Prairie volunteer firemen prepare to compete in the provincial hose-laying competition. Photograph likely taken for use in the August 30,1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0353
Hose-Laying Competition, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Grande Prairie volunteer firemen prepare to compete in the provincial hose-laying competition. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0354
Fire Hose and Hydrant, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Grande Prairie volunteer firemen connecting a firehose to a hydrant. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune. A note on the back states “not used”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0355
Grande Prairie Central Fire Hall and Trucks, [ca. 1970]
1 postcard; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A postcard of Grande Prairie’s Central Fire Hall on the northeast corner of 102 Avenue and 101 Street. The caption on the back states: “A modern and fully equipped facility, Grande Prairie’s Fire Department stands ready to meet any emergency. The Fire Bell dates from 1916 and is dedicated to the City’s firefighters, past, present and future.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0356
Valleyview Fire Department and Truck, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.25 in.
The Valleyview Fire Department posed with their truck and a RCMP officer.
Location: 0032.08.08.0357
Grande Prairie, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A view of Grande Prairie looking northwest. The buildings in the foreground are the Patterson and Son Store (also post office and Union Bank) and barn. The buildings to the left would have fronted 100 Avenue once the road developed. 100 Street later ran along the front of the Patterson and Son store.
Location: 0032.08.08.0358
Grande Prairie, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of Grande Prairie looking southeast. The buildings in the foreground are the Patterson and Son Store (also post office and Union Bank) and barn. The buildings to the left would have fronted 100 Avenue once the road developed. 100 Street later ran along the front of the Patterson and Son store.
Location: 0032.08.08.0359
Grande Prairie, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“Village of Grande Prairie City, 1912 Looking south west. Tallest building is Patterson’s store with log barn nearby, and, on same block, slightly to right, the Dominion Lands Office Picture taken from the Prairie trail to the Hospital.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0360
Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
Village of Grande Prairie looking East from across Bear Creek in March 1917.
Location: 0032.08.08.0361
Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Village of Grande Prairie looking East from across Bear Creek in March 1917.
Location: 0032.08.08.0361a
Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Village of Grande Prairie looking east from across Bear Creek in November 1917.
Location: 0032.08.08.0361b
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
Town of Grande Prairie looking northwest.
Location: 0032.08.08.0362
Aerial of Grande Prairie, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Aerial view of the town of Grande Prairie looking southwest.
Location: 0032.08.08.0363
Aerial of Grande Prairie, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
Aerial view of the town of Grande Prairie looking northwest.
Location: 0032.08.08.0364
Grande Prairie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Street view looking west down 100 Avenue in March 1914. Visible businesses include the Pool Room, Selkirk Trading Co., Empire Hotel, Grande Prairie Hotel, and O-K Store. Photo held by the Glenbow Institute, no. 2835-725.
Location: 0032.08.08.0365
Grande Prairie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Street view looking east down 100 Avenue in March 1914. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel and log pool room in the foreground and the Grande Prairie Hotel and Selkirk Trading Co. in the distance. Photograph held by the Glenbow Institute, no. 2835-725.
Location: 0032.08.08.0366
Grande Prairie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 7 x 2.75 in.
Street view looking west down 100 Avenue on November 4, 1914. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Selkirk Trading Co., and Pool Room on the north side of the street. The photograph appears to have been obtained from Mr. Lovering.
Location: 0032.08.08.0367
Grande Prairie, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Street view looking west down 100 Avenue in 1915. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Hall, Crown Café, and Confectionary on the north side of the street. The two men walking away from the camera are identified as Mr. Wishart and Mr. Walker. The photograph appears to have been obtained from Mrs. Edith Mair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0368
Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Street view looking west down 100 Avenue in 1916. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Hall, Crown Café, Confectionary, RNWMP barracks (hip roof, second from the right), and J. B. Lambert General Merchant on the north side of the street. The RNWMP barracks shown are the second barracks in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0369
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
Bird’s eye view looking northwest from the south side of 100 Avenue around 1920. Visible businesses include the Royal George Hotel, Union Bank, Pool Hall, Crown Café, Cochlin Hotel, and Confectionary on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0370
Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Bird’s eye view looking northwest from the south side of 100 Avenue in 1916. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Room, Café, Cochlin’s Hotel, and Confectionary on the north side of the street and J. E. Lambert General Merchant and Salmond’s Hotel on the south side of the street. The back of the photograph is a postcard with text: “This dont show very much of the town at least not near all of it and it is gradually building up more all the time. Eva. there are some real nice stores in it to good hard ware stores better than one would expect to see in such a new place & the rail road in just last Spring very few log buildings mostly frame” The photograph appears to have been obtained from Mrs. A. A. Moon of Glen Leslie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0371
Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Bird’s eye view looking northwest from the south side of 100 Avenue in 1916. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Room, Café, Cochlin’s Hotel, and Confectionary on the north side of the street and J. E. Lambert General Merchant and Salmond’s Hotel on the south side of the street. The back of the photograph states that it was taken at “Grande Prairie July 1st., 1916.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0372
Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Bird’s eye view looking northwest from the south side of 100 Avenue in 1916. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Room, Café, Cochlin’s Hotel, and Confectionary on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0373
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View looking east down 100 Avenue from the 100-101 Street block. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Porteous Hardware & Harness, Prairie Inn, City Pool Room, Drug Store, Union Bank, and Selkirk Trading Co. on the north side of the street and Club Café and R. H. Watcher Jeweler on the south side. The caption on the back identifies it as July, 1916, and the street is decorated with trees and flags.
Location: 0032.08.08.0374
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View looking east down 100 Avenue from 101 Street about 1920. Visible businesses include Crummy Bros. General Merchants, Grande Prairie Herald, and Royal George Hotel on the north side of the street and a meat market and laundry on the south side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0375
Grande Prairie, May 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
View looking east down 100 Avenue from 101 Street in May 1917. Visible businesses include McDonald Land & Trading Co., Empire Hotel, and Porteous Hardware on the north side of the street. A road grading outfit is visible in the foreground. The photograph appears to have been acquired from H. Blimkie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0376
Paying an Election Bet, Grande Prairie, July 2, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Harry Adair wheels William Innes down 100 Avenue in a wheelbarrow to pay an election bet. They are followed by a band and parade floats. Visible businesses include McDonald Land & Trading Co., McCormick ___, Crummy Bros., a tailor shop, and the Empire Hotel on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0377
Peace Celebration, Grande Prairie, July 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A Peace Celebration parade down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, in July 1919. Visible businesses include the Royal George Hotel, Union Bank, Pool Hall, Crown Café, Cochlin’s Café, Confectionery, McPhee & Sissons Barristers & Solicitors, Turners Store for Men, Morrison’s Cash Store, and the Spencer Block (under construction).
Location: 0032.08.08.0378
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View looking east down 100 Avenue from 101 Street about 1920. Visible businesses include Crummy Bros. General Merchants, Grande Prairie Herald, and Royal George Hotel on the north side of the street and a meat market and laundry on the south side. The back is a postcard, postmarked July, 1949 and addressed to Mrs. Wm McKinney of Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0379
Grande Prairie, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue, the 100 to 101 Street block in 1918. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Hall, Crown Café, Cochlin’s Café, Confectionery, Malcolm Campbell Real Estate Agent, and RNWMP barracks on the north side of the street and the Grande Prairie Hotel and Grand Theatre on the south side. The caption on the back states: “Cars are quite plentiful in Grande Prairie in 1918.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0380
Grande Prairie, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
View of 100 Avenue, the 100 to 101 Street block in 1918. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., Pool Hall, and Crown Café on the north side of the street. The caption on the back states: “grand praire city”. The handwriting is identified as that of Henry Henderson and the photograph was acquired from Isabel (Henderson) Wright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0381
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View looking east down 100 Avenue from 101 Street about 1920. Visible businesses include Crummy Bros. General Merchants, Grande Prairie Herald, and Royal George Hotel on the north side of the street and a meat market and laundry on the south side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0382
Henry Henderson and the London War Office, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 100 to 101 Street block in 1918. Visible businesses include the Empire Hotel, Union Bank, Selkirk Trading Co., London War Office, and Pool Hall on the north side of the street. The caption on the back states: “Henry Henderson in front of his store.” “1918 London War Office.” The photograph was acquired from Isabel (Henderson) Wright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0383
Grande Prairie, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from about 100 Street in 1919.
Location: 0032.08.08.0384
Grande Prairie, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking east from about 101 Street in 1919.
Location: 0032.08.08.0385
Grande Prairie, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 100 to 101 Street block in 1920. Visible businesses include Dr. L. J. O’Brien, Grande Prairie Hotel, City Transfer Co., Bell-Fleming Hardware Limited, American Bowling Alley, Grand Theatre, and Spicer’s Bakery on the south side of the street and Turner’s Store for Men on the north side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0386
Grande Prairie, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 100 Street in 1920. Visible businesses include Bagley Bros. Livestock Dealers, Garage Livery & Repairing, Mattinson Studio and Grande Prairie Land Co. in the newly constructed Spencer Block, Morrison’s Cash Store, Turner’s Store for Men, and the Royal George Hotel on the north side of the street and the Traveler’s Auto Livery, Grande Prairie Hotel, and Grand Theatre on the south side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0387
Grande Prairie, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 99 to 100 Street block in 1920. Visible businesses include the Murray Hotel, a dentist, and the Grande Prairie Hotel on the south side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0388
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Bird’s eye view of 100 Avenue looking southwest from the 100 to 101 Street block. Visible businesses include J. B. Oliver Furniture, P. V. Croken, Grande Prairie Hotel, Canadian National Telegraphs, Bell-Fleming Hardware, Spicer’s Bakery, ____ Meats, and R. H. Watcher Jeweler on the south side of the street and D. W. Pratt Real Estate and Insurance and E. J. Holton Auctioneer on the north side. The back of the photo is a postcard postmarked August 7, 1928.
Location: 0032.08.08.0389
Bert Osborne’s Dog Team, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Bert Osborne’s dog team at the Northern Winter Carnival hitched to a sled loaded with several people.
Location: 0032.08.08.0390
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking east from the 101 to 102 Street block. Visible businesses include the Union Bank and Thomson’s on the north side of the street and Bank of Montreal, Morrison’s Cash Store, Hibbard’s Music Store, Spicer’s Bakery, J. W. Leitger Harness, P. V. Croken, Bell-Fleming Hardware, and Grande Prairie Hotel on the south side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0391
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 100 to 101 Street block. Visible businesses include D. W. Pratt Real Estate and Insurance, ___ Drugs, and Turner’s Store for Men on the north side of the street and the Grande Prairie Hotel on the south side of the street. The street is decorated with trees and flags.
Location: 0032.08.08.0392
Grande Prairie, June 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from the 99 to 100 Street block in June 1936. Visible businesses include C. S. Hook Watchmaker and Jeweler, ___ Hardware, and Grande Prairie Hotel on the south side of the street and D. W. Patterson Barrister, Imperial Bank, J. B. Oliver, and Royal Café on the north side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0393
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from 100 Street. Visible businesses include the Imperial Bank of Canada, Dr. Lund Dentist, D. W. Pratt, Crerar’s, __ Drugs, and Turner’s Store for Men on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0394
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View of 100 Avenue looking west from 100 Street. Visible businesses include the Imperial Bank of Canada, J. B. Oliver, D. W. Pratt Farm Lands and Insurance, Lanctot’s, ___ Drugs, Royal Café, tailor, and E. J. Lyne Meat Market on the north side of the street and __ E. Fraser Law Office, Palace Café, and Grande Prairie Hotel on the south side. A large number of people are walking on the street and boardwalks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0395
Overlooking Bear Creek, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Residences and buildings overlooking Bear Creek in Grande Prairie,
Location: 0032.08.08.0395a
Richmond Avenue, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue (Richmond Avenue) looking west from 99 Street around 1950. Visible businesses include CFGP, Herald Tribune, Donald Hotel on the south side of the street and Donald’ Recreation Centre and the Capitol Theatre on the north side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0396
Richmond Avenue, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue (Richmond Avenue) looking east from the 100 to 101 Street block around 1945. Visible businesses include W. F. Wood Battery, Electrical Repair Service, Birds, Hooks Jeweler, Murray Hotel, Donald Hotel, and the Herald Tribune on the south side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.0397
Richmond Avenue, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1953]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
View of 100 Avenue (Richmond Avenue) looking west from 100 Street around 1953. Visible businesses include Hudson’s Bay Company, Butchart’s Drugs, Palace Café, Grande Prairie Hotel, and ___ Hardware on the south side of the street and the Imperial Bank, J. B. Oliver, and the Royal Café on the north side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0398
Richmond Avenue, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
View of 100 Avenue (Richmond Avenue) looking west from the 99 to 100 Street block about 1960. Visible businesses include the Donald Hotel on the south side of the street and Yellow Cabs, Acme Department Store, Shamrock Drugs, and the Gaiety Theatre on the north side.
Location: 0032.08.08.0399
Hotel Breeden, [ca. 1908]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Hotel Breeden, the 1906 Stopping Place on Bear Creek, Grande Prairie, erected by George L. Breeden, Blacksmith, after squatting on his land on south side of Richmond Avenue.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0400
Smith Ranch and Butchershop, [ca. 1908]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Wm. H. Smith & sons Clyde & Harry 1911 ranch & butchershop on Bear Creek at Grande Prairie NW 26-71-6-W6 8/10/08 No. 2 Cutoff at 166 Ave – 104 St approx”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0401
Patterson and Son Store, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3.75 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “1st bank in Grande Prairie L.R. – Fran. Longair Acct. Mgr. Mrs. H. Patterson. two Patterson girls. Wm. Innis, mgr.” The photograph was possibly acquired from the Patterson family and appears to be taken at the back of the Patterson and Son Store, which also served as the Union Bank.
Location: 0032.08.08.0402
Union Bank of Canada, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.5 in.
Two men standing in the doorway of the Union Bank of Canada.
Location: 0032.08.08.0403
Patterson and Son Store and Post Office, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Edson mail stage at Grande Prairie post office in 1912. No. 4, A. M.” The photograph appears to have been acquired from __ H. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0404
Grande Prairie, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 1.5 in.
A man standing outside an unidentified building in Grande Prairie. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Grande Prairie, 1912. No. 5, A. M.” The photograph appears to have been acquired from __ H. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0405
Selkirk Trading Company, March 8, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of men stands in the doorway of the Selkirk Trading Co. in Grande Prairie. A loaded sleigh is visible to the left. A caption on the back of the photograph states: “A sleigh-load of supplies has just come in over the Trail for Selkirk Trading Co..”
Location: 0032.08.08.0406
London War Office, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
A group of men stands in front of the London War Office in Grande Prairie. A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Henry Henderson in doorway to his store. John McCauley second from him [with moustache in front of window]. I can’t name the others. This was some time between 1914 & 1918. Dad caleld his store the “London War Office” at that time. I.” The photograph was acquired from Isabel (Henderson) Wright.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0407
Grande Prairie Creamery, [ca. 1922]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Three men, including Dr. Eadie (left), stand outside the Grande Prairie Creamery. The Creamery opened in June 1917 as the Edmonton City Dairy. The photograph is held by Glenbow Alberta Institute, No. NA-2196-1.
Location: 0032.08.08.0408
Grande Prairie Hotel, June 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of people outside of the Grande Prairie Hotel in June 1917.
Location: 0032.08.08.0409
Moving the Union Bank Building, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A group of people watch as the Union Bank is moved to “make way for a larger building in 1919.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0410
Moving the Union Bank Building, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A group of people watch as the Union Bank is moved to make way for a larger building in 1919.
Location: 0032.08.08.0411
Pletcher Block, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The Pletcher Block in Grande Prairie, housing the office of Dr. Pletcher, dentist.
Location: 0032.08.08.0412
Grand Theatre, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Grand Theatre in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0413
Mission Ave, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Houses on Grande Prairie’s Mission Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0414
Mission Ave, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Houses on Grande Prairie’s Mission Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0415
Morrison’s Cash Store, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The front window of Morrison’s Cash Store in Grande Prairie. A note on the back states: “located corner Richmond Ave – 101 St (today’s Lilge’s Hdw)”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0416
Grande Prairie Residence, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
An unidentified residence in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0417
P. J. Tooley Real Estate, Farm Lands, Insurance, 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Office of former Mayor of Grande Prairie, Percy J. Tooley with Buffalo Lakes Lumber Co.. building in background.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0418
P. J. Tooley Real Estate, Farm Lands, Insurance, 1933
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Mayor Percy J Tooley in front of his office at 100 Street and 100 Avenue, in Grande Prairie, 1933.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0419
Northern Elevator Parade Float, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
A parade float for the Northern Elevator Co. Ltd. passes by the Royal Bank building. A caption on the back of the photograph states: “Stanly Staufer driving truck for a Parade in G Pr, early 1930s Stauffer children Odelle, Earl, Hazel, Erwn”. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Adelle and Charles Doram.
Location: 0032.08.08.0420
Demolishing a Building, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.75 in.
A couple of men demolish a structure. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0421
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1952]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie. The photograph appears to have been taken by McPhail Airways, North Battleford for James Drug Store Ltd. and possibly used as the illustration for a calendar.
Location: 0032.08.08.0422
Grande Prairie, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 6.5 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie taken looking slightly northeast.
Location: 0032.08.08.0423
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1959-1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie taken looking slightly southeast. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.0424
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 10 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie taken looking slightly northeast. The building in about the centre the photograph is Swanavon School, with the D Company Armouries building slightly to the north.
Location: 0032.08.08.0425
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 postcard; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
“Aerial view of Grande Prairie, Alberta, business section, looking west on Richmond Avenue.” The photograph was taken by Paquin and published as a postcard by North West Holdings, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0426
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1978]
1 postcard; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie looking northwest. The caption states: “This modern city of 18,000 located 285 miles northwest of Edmonton is the cultural and commerce centre of Northwestern Alberta. Grande Prairie has a diversified economic base with both agriculture and forestry being very prominent, and boasts all the conveniences of larger cities.” The postcard was published by Brian P. Adams, with air services courtesy of Totem Air.
Location: 0032.08.08.0427
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1980]
1 postcard; colour; 3.5 x 5.5 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie showing numerous hot air balloons. The caption states: “UP, UP AND AWAY … A flotilla of hot air balloons take to the sky over Grande Prairie, Alberta during the Canadian Hot Air Balloon Championships. The event, which boasts the largest single gathering of the craft, and attracts balloonists from throughout Canada, the United States and Europe, promises to become an annual affair.” The postcard was published by Brian P. Adams.
Location: 0032.08.08.0428
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1980]
1 postcard; colour; 6 x 4.25 in.
An aerial view of the Bear Creek reservoir and surrounding area. The caption states: “An aerial view of the city displays the recreational areas and parkeland preserved near the city’s downtown, surrounding Bear Creek reservoir. Although increasingly pressed for land use, the city reflects its responsibility to provide room for people.” The photograph was taken by Frank Wesolowski and the postcard was published by Northern Periodicals Distributors Ltd., Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0429
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1980]
1 postcard; colour; 6 x 4.25 in.
An aerial view downtown Grande Prairie facing northwest. The caption states: “An aerial view of Alberta’s most northerly city. This vantage point affords a birds eye view of the downtown area showing a blend of the old established business district along with the ever growing modern office complexes. The commercial centre of north-western Alberta, its business activities reach out in all directions.” The photograph was taken by Frank Wesolowski and the postcard was published by Northern Periodicals Distributors Ltd., Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0430
Northwest Corner of 102 Avenue and 100 Street, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; b & w; 8.25 x 5 in.
Houses visible from the northwest corner of 100 Street and 102 Avenue. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0431
Cutting Oats, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Cutting oats on A. M. Bezanson’s field at Smoky River.” The people in the photograph are Mrs. A. M. Bezanson (Lois) and Frank.
Location: 0032.08.08.0432
Stone and Sherk Harvesting Operation, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Stone’s 4 horses on separator Sherk’s 4 oxen on engine 1912.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0433
William Smith’s Teams Threshing, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Smith’s Horse Power for threshing 6 teams in 1913 run by P. J. McDonald. at Carveths”
Location: 0032.08.08.0434
Haystacks, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
Men on a horse-drawn hay wagon beside several large haystacks. The back of the photograph was used as a postcard addressed to Mr. S. Noll of Almena, Wisconsin. The card reads “This is a picture of grain raised about 5 (five) miles from my place Regards from All. Wm.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0435
Theshing Stacks, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
A man on a large engine threshing stacks beside a barn. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Threshing stacks at Cook & Boyd’s, Crystal Creek, 1914. Delmer Cook on engine.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0436
The Big Seven Company Ltd. at Grande Prairie, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Big Seven Company Ltd.’s steam engine and threshing machine at Grande Prairie. The photograph was contributed by ___ Craig, son and nephew of Craig Bros. Big Seven Co. Ltd.
Location: 0032.08.08.0437
The Big Seven Company Ltd. Threshing, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Big Seven Company Ltd.’s steam engine and threshing machine threshing in the snow near a lake. The photograph was contributed by ___ Craig, son and nephew of Craig Bros. Big Seven Co. Ltd.
Location: 0032.08.08.0438
Harvesting Near a Lake, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A man on a binder pulled by four oxen harvests near a lake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0439
Cuthbertson Farm, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1915]
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Stooks in a field on the Cuthbertson farm with the house and barm in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0440
Threshing at the Johnson Farm, Beaverlodge, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
The captions on the back state: “Left to right Mr. Oliver Johnson, Sam Sargent, Mr. Clarence Pool” “Mr. Oliver Johnson’s threshing outfit doing the first threshing by ox power on his farm in Beaver Lodge.” The photograph was acquired from Mrs. V. C. Flint of Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0441
Havest Scene, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A man with a team of four horses in a field of stooks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0442
On the John Dewar Farm, Beaverlodge, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Two men and a child with a binder pulled by four oxen in a field of grain on the John Dewar Farm, Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0443
Stewart’s Threshing Machine, Bezanson, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A steam engine, threshing machine, wagon, and caboose identified as Stewart’s threshing machine, Bezanson.
Location: 0032.08.08.0444
Hand Feed Separator, Belloy, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Three men operating a hand feed separator at Belloy in 1918.
Location: 0032.08.08.0445
Haying, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Four men haying with horses and hand tools.
Location: 0032.08.08.0446
Harvesting, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Two men using a threshing machine.
Location: 0032.08.08.0447
William and Jack Caldwell, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “William Caldwell with son Jack on the tongue” of the binder. A team of four horses is visible on the left.
Location: 0032.08.08.0448
Swathing, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
A man riding on a tractor with a swather.
Location: 0032.08.08.0449
Haying on the J. N. Foster Farm, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Marvin Hauger, George Hauger, Larry Ray (boy), and Kenneth Stoker (boy) haying on the J. N. Foster farm. The photograph was likely taken for use in the August 3, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0450
Power Swathing, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5 in.
A man on a large piece of farm equipment doing power swathing.
Location: 0032.08.08.0451
Opening of the Pioneer Hospital, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
A large group of people gather on the porch and steps of the new Kathryn Prittie Pioneer Hospital in Grande Prairie for its opening, June 16, 1914.
Location: 0032.08.08.0452
Opening of the Pioneer Hospital, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
A large group of people gather on the porch and benches in front of the new Kathryn Prittie Pioneer Hospital in Grande Prairie for its opening, June 16, 1914.
Location: 0032.08.08.0452a
Municipal Hospital, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A car parked outside of the Kathryn Prittie Hospital in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0453
Grande Prairie Municipal Hospital, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 2.5 in.
A car parked outside the new wing of the Grande Prairie Municipal Hospital.
Location: 0032.08.08.0454
Dave Calliou, Goodfare, [ca. 1960]
2 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Two portraits of Dave Calliou of Goodfare.
Location: 0032.08.08.0455
Pierre Chatelaine (Shettler), Beaver Chief, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Pierre Chatelaine (alternately Shettler or Chattle), chief of the Beaver Indians, on horseback.
Location: 0032.08.08.0456
Camp at Beaverlodge River, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
People gathered outside a group of teepees camped at the Beaverlodge River. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Lovering.
Location: 0032.08.08.0457
Three Generations of Beaver People, Moberly, B. C., [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A Beaver woman holding a baby with an older woman sitting beside her; three generations at Moberly, B. C. There is a teepee in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0458
Aboriginal People on Horseback, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.75 in.
A group of nine Aboriginal people, including men, women, and children, on horseback.
Location: 0032.08.08.0459
First Nations Cemetery, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.25 x 7.25
A First Nations cemetery with graves marked with large crosses, surrounded by fences, and covered by spirit houses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0460
Mail Pack Horses in Edson, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
Packhorses loaded with mail assembled outside of the Office of the Grande Prairie Transportation Company in Edson.The photograph may have been contributed by Jack Webber.
Location: 0032.08.08.0462
Post Office, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Grande Prairie’s Post Office shown in a photograph looking north up 100 Street. Ink marks indicate “P.O.” on the left and “our house” in the centre of the photograph. The photograph was acquired from Isabel Henderson Wright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0463
Mail Stage Leaving Grande Prairie for Sturgeon Lake, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
The mail stage, pulled by four horses, on 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, departing for Sturgeon Lake. The driver was D. Phelps, who made the trip once or twice weekly. The street is decorated for the Northern Winter Carnival. The photograph is held by the Glenbow-Alberta Institute, no. NA-1037-2.
Location: 0032.08.08.0464
Sorting Mail, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
A postal worker placing cards in boxes. The caption on the back states: “1st mail carrier service”. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 7, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0465
Parcel Delivery, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.5 in.
Jack Stiles delivering parcels. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 14, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0466
Post Office Conference, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.75 in.
A group of men at a post office conference. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0467
Grande Prairie Band, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Band, including Frank Longair, George Duncan, William Rae, and the Kirstein Brothers, on the wet street outside of the Union Bank.
Location: 0032.08.08.0468
Grande Prairie Band, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 1.75 in.
The Grande Prairie Band, including Frank Longair, George Duncan, William Rae, and the Kirstein Brothers, on the wet street outside of the Union Bank. Cropped version of SPRA 0032.08.08.0468.
Location: 0032.08.08.0469
Grande Prairie Band, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Band, including George Duncan, William Rae, Harry Watcher, and the Kirstein Brothers, on the wet street outside of the Union Bank.
Location: 0032.08.08.0470
Grande Prairie Band, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Grande Prairie Band with the instruments, in front of a large Union Jack flag, likely at a fair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0471
Beaverlodge Band, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3 in.
The Beaverlodge Band performing in the Alberta Golden Jubilee bandshell at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0472
Speaker and Beaverlodge Band, [ca. 1955]
3 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified speaker with the Beaverlodge Band behind him in the Alberta Golden Jubilee bandshell at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0473-.0474
Beaverlodge Band, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.75 in.
The Beaverlodge Band performing at an indoor venue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0475
Choir, [ca. 1952]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
A ladies’ choir accompanied by a pianist perform from risers.
Location: 0032.08.08.0476
Majorettes, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
Majorettes in costume and holding batons, possibly for Alberta’s Golden Jubilee. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0477
Majorettes, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Majorettes in costume performing on a stage, possibly for Alberta’s Golden Jubilee.
Location: 0032.08.08.0478
Majorettes, [ca. 1955]
1 photographs; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Majorettes in costume and three girls with tambourines performing on a stage, possibly for Alberta’s Golden Jubilee.
Location: 0032.08.08.0479
Sexsmith Choir, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.25 in.
The Sexsmith Choir in performance. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0480
Music Group, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Three unidentified ladies, one seated at a piano. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0481
Alaska Music Trail Executive, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
The Alaska Music Trail N. Concert Society, Grande Prairie executive. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 2, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0482
Western Board Music, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Nine boys and girls gathered around a piano. They are likely participants in the Western Board of Music program. The photograph was likely taken for use in the November 13, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0483
Grande Prairie Orchestra, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Violinists performing in the Grande Prairie Orchestra. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 13, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0484
Joy Dance Studio Concert, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Children and adults in costume and onstage for a Joy Dance Studio Concert. The photograph was likely taken for use in the December 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0485
Joy Dance Studio Concert, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7 in.
A woman and child dressed as ballerinas for a Joy Dance Studio Concert. The photograph was likely taken for use in a 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0486
Joy Dance Studio Concert, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.25 in.
Ballerinas performing a dance for a Joy Dance Studio Concert. The photograph was likely taken for use in the December 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0487
Joy Dance Studio Concert, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Dancers dressed as dance-hall girls performing in a Joy Dance Studio Concert. The photograph was likely taken for use in the December 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0488
Kinsmen Sponsors Vancouver Symphony, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Ernie G. Radbourne and an unidentified woman study a Vancouver Symphony brochure. The Kinsmen sponsored the Vancouver Symphony. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 13, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0489
Grande Prairie Band, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Trumpet players in the Grande Prairie band. The photograph was likely taken for use in the January 23, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0490
Young Country Music Group, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25
A group of five young musicians playing a banjo, accordian, mandolin, violin, and guitar. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 13, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0491
Young Accordian Player, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
A young musician playing an accordian. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 13, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0492
Young Pianists, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Two young musicians playing a piano. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 13, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0493
Band, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
Trumpet players in an unidentified band. The photograph is an Alberta Govenrment Photograph from the Photographic Branch, Department of __ Affairs.
Location: 0032.08.08.0494
Oil Exploration Camp, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
Cranes, equipment, building materials, and trucks at an oil exploration camp. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0495
Oil Rig, Snipe Lake Area, 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 8 in.
A man looking up at an oil rig located in the Snipe Lake area. Photograph likely taken for use in the February 12, 1963 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0496
Drilling Trucks, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 2.75 in.
Oil drilling trucks. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0497
Oil Rig, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7.75 in.
An oil rig set up in an unidentified location. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0498
Gas Well, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 4 in.
A group of men stand at a distance as a well lets off steam. Photograph possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0499
Union Oil, Beaverlodge, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Men building in front of tanks at Union Oil in Beaverlodge. Photograph possibly taken for use in the September 30, 1954 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0500
North Star Oil Refinery, Grande Prairie, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.75 in.
The North Star Oil Refinery in Grande Prairie on stream. Photograph likely taken for use in the November 23, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0501
North Star Oil Refinery, Grande Prairie, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 4 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie’s drive-in movie theatre with the North Star Oil Refinery in the background. The caption on the back states: “Shell Oil Company of Canada Refinery Grande Prairie Alberta.” The photograph was acquired from the Chamber of Commerce.
Location: 0032.08.08.0502
North Star Oil Tanks, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
Tanks at Grande Prairie’s North Star Oil Refinery . The photograph was likely used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0503
Royal Canadian Legion, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
Members of the Royal Canadian Legion. The photograph was likely used in the January 10, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0504
Royal Canadian Legion Auxiliary, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
Members of the Royal Canadian Legion Auxiliary. The photograph was likely used in the January 10, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0505
Royal Canadian Legion Auxiliary, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 2.5 in.
Members of the Royal Canadian Legion Auxiliary in formal dress. The photograph was possibly used in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0506
Air Cadets, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.75 in.
Grande Prairie Air Cadets being inspected. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 27, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0507
Air Cadets, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
Group photograph of Grande Prairie Air Cadets, including girls. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 27, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0508
Sea Cadets, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Grande Prairie Sea Cadets being inspected. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 15, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0509
George Clayton, Sea Cadet, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
George Clayton, a Grande Prairie Sea Cadet on a train. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 5, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0510
Sea Cadet Officials, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.5 in.
A group of Sea Cadet officials. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0511
District Royal Purple, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A group of ladies at a District Royal Purple meeting. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 22, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0512
District Royal Purple, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 3.25 in.
Group photograph of ladies at a District Royal Purple meeting. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 22, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0513
Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
A group of ladies at an Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire (IODE) district meeting. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 26, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0514
United Commercial Travellers Auxiliary, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Four ladies of the United Commercial Travellers (UCT) Auxiliary. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0515
Grande Prairie Stagettes, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Three ladies of the Grande Prairie Stagettes. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 21, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0516
Grande Prairie Kinettes, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3 in.
Six ladies of the Grande Prairie Kinettes. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0517
United Commercial Travellers Auxiliary, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4.75 in.
Five ladies of the United Commercial Travellers (UCT) Auxiliary. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0518
Lions Club, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.75 in.
Group photograph of the Grande Prairie Lions Club. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0519
Business and Professional Women, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Three ladies of the Business and Professional Women (BPW). The photograph was possibly taken for use in a 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0520
Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women Charter Night, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 2.75 in.
Group photograph of the ladies gathered for the Charter Night of the Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women (BPW), March 18, 1961. Isabel Campbell is seated on the far right in the front row. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the March 18, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0521
Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women Careers Preview, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Young women and members at the careers preview of the Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women (BPW). The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 9, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0522
Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
A woman speaking at a meeting of the Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women (BPW). The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 30, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0523
Mrs. Ian W. McIntosh “Woman of the Year”, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Mrs. Ian W. McIntosh, honoured as the “Woman of the Year” by the Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women (BPW). The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 19, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0524
Business Women’s Week, 1966
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 7.75 in.
Ladies at a banquet for Business Women’s Week with Grande Prairie Business and Professional Women (BPW). The photograph was possibly taken for use in an October 1966 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0525
Girl Guide Leaders, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Girl Guide leaders looking at a scrapbook. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 3, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0526
Brownie Pack #4, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Brownie Pack #4 gardening in Tooley’s Triangle. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 20, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0527
Brownie Pack #4, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
Brownie Pack #4 (and a couple of boys) doing pruning and hoeing. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 24, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0528
Guides and Brownies, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Guides and Brownies dressed in ethnic attire. The photograph was likely taken for use in the August 29, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0529
Grande Prairie Rangers, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Grande Prairie Rangers in uniform. The photograph was likely taken for use in the February 20, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0530
Isabel Campbell, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Isabel Campbell at a library card catalogue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0531
Major Ben Hagen, July 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 4.5 in.
A portrait of Major Ben M. Hagan, USAF Commander.
Location: 0032.08.08.0532
Douglas Starkey, Surveyor, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.75 in.
Douglas Starkey surveying for the new liquor store. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 26, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0533
George Repka, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 2.75 in.
Portrait of George Repka, first elected Mayor of the City of Grande Prairie. It is unclear whether the photograph was taken by Art Craft Studios or Panda Camera or neither.
Location: 0032.08.08.0534
G. A. James, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Portrait of G. A. (Jimmy) James, first elected mayor of the Town of Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0534a
Arlene Paige, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
Portrait of Arlene Paige. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0535
Isabel Campbell Presentation, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.5 in.
Isabel Campbell and an unidentified man looking at enlargements of historical photographs. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0536
Isabel Campbell and Grant McEwan, 1982
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.25 in.
Isabel Campbell speaking with Dr. Grant McEwan at Grande Prairie Regional College, November 12, 1982. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0537
Pioneer Night, 1983
1 photograph; b & w; 9.25 x 7.25 in.
Attendees at Pioneer Night celebrating the 25th Anniversary of Grande Prairie’s cityhood held on March 5, 1983. Left to right: Henry McCullough (charter carrier), J. C. Mackie (1958 Mayor), Isabel M. Campbell (reporter), J. W. (Dick) Beairsto (City Engineer), and B. J. M. Tieman (1958 Councillor). The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0538
Peace River Regional Planning Conference, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A group photograph taken at the April 1955 Peace River Regional Planning Conference. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 19, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0539
Peace River Regional Planning Conference, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
A group photograph taken at the April 1955 Peace River Regional Planning Conference. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 19, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0540
Mrs. L. F. Towns, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Mrs. L. F. Towns receiving an award. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0541
Grande Spirit Foundation Board, 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3 in.
Members of the Grande Spirit Foundation board seated around a table. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0542
AMA Opens New Home, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.75 in.
Fred T. Jenner, AMA President, cuts the ribbon on the AMA’s new home. Mayor George Repka is standing third from the left. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 25, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0543
Sexsmith Church Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A Sexsmith Church group including Fred Draper, Bert Balderson, and Gilbert Balderson. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0544
Forbes Church Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A Forbes Presbyterian Church group. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0545
Valleyview Church Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A Valleyview Church group. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0546
Hythe Church Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A Hythe Church group. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0547
Beaverlodge Church Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A Beaverlodge Church group. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0548
Jack Deltomb in Group of Men, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
An unidentified group of four men, including Jack Deltomb (second from the left). The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0549
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Attendees at the 1959 Oldtimers’ Picnic. Left to right: Ira McLaughlin (MLA for Grande Prairie), F. T. Brewer (Elmworth), Dan Wishart, and Robert Cochrane (Grande Prairie).
Location: 0032.08.08.0550
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Attendees at the 1959 Oldtimers’ Picnic. Left to right: Victor Flint, Gordon Sherk, Bill McLevin, James B. Keith, John O. Patterson, Ira McLaughlin (MLA), and E. John Holtom.
Location: 0032.08.08.0551
Picnic at the Wapiti, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A picnic party at the Wapiti River, May 24, 1913. Left to right: Cecil Sully, Sadie Crerar, Jack Depencier, Elizabeth Dunlop, Anna Patterson, Mamie Moore, Bill Innes, Luella Patterson, Bernard Sully, Jack Oatway, Delmer Pratt, Ed Crerar, and Jim Crerar. Young Garnet Pratt is sitting in the front and Mrs. William Pratt and Mrs. Ed Crerar are standing in the back. The photograph is a cropped and enlarged copy of SPRA 0032.08.08.0552a.
Location: 0032.08.08.0552
Picnic at the Wapiti, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 1.75 in.
A picnic party at the Wapiti River, May 24, 1913. Left to right: Cecil Sully, Sadie Crerar, Jack Depencier, Elizabeth Dunlop, Anna Patterson, Mamie Moore, Bill Innes, Luella Patterson, Bernard Sully, Jack Oatway, Delmer Pratt, Ed Crerar, and Jim Crerar. Young Garnet Pratt is sitting in the front and Mrs. William Pratt and Mrs. Ed Crerar are standing in the back. The photograph appears to have been acquired from __ H. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0552a
Men in Downtown Grande Prairie, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of men standing on the corner of 100 Avenue and 100 Street in Grande Prairie, outside of the Imperial Bank of Canada. The group includes, from right: Henry Roberts, Percy Tooley, Jack Thompson, on left: Charles Stredulinsky, and in the centre holding a parcel: Louis Kowensky. The photograph appears to have been acquired from the Grande Prairie District Old Timers’ Association.
Location: 0032.08.08.0553
Young Men by a Car, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Hector Morrison, Garnet Pratt, and Ivan Morrison in front of a car.
Location: 0032.08.08.0554
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies at the 1959 Oldtimers’ Picnic. Left to right: Mrs. Marjorie Ellis, Mrs. Bill Donaldson (nee Ruth Boyd), Mrs. J. B. Keith, Mrs. Victor Flint, Mrs. Alfred Field, and Mrs. Luella Roberts.
Location: 0032.08.08.0555
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Participants at the Oldtimers’ Annual Picnic at Lake Saskatoon, 1936.
Location: 0032.08.08.0556
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Participants at the Oldtimers’ Annual Picnic at Lake Saskatoon, 1936.
Location: 0032.08.08.0556a
Group of Oldtimers, [ca. 1962]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
A group of Oldtimers, left to right, Harry Tuffill, John Johnson, Hugh Allen, Thomas Paul, and William J. Caldwell.
Location: 0032.08.08.0557
Hazel and Effie Beard, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
Hazel and Effie Beard on their homestead about 1915, with a dog. The photograph was acquired from Mrs. Ila (Hardin) Fairbanks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0558
Salmond Hotel Staff, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The Salmond Hotel staff in front of the hotel. Staff members include Alf Leichman, Helga Forsythe, Emma Sinclair, Caroline Sinclair, Billy Salmond, Alex Wishart, A. D. McEachern, William Scorgie, and Bud Faye. The caption on the back states: “what do you think of our hotel crew Slightly mixed in color but good sports – Just the same”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0559
Lake Saskatoon Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Lake Saskatoon baseball team in the Twilight League, in 1914, before the First World War. Players included Walter Roberts (second base), M. Stewart (shortstop), Frank Douglass (left field), ? (right field), Ulia Douglass (pitcher and third base), Clem Douglass (catcher), ? Stokes (pitcher and third base), Walter Easton (first base), and Harold Anderson (pitcher and centre field). The photograph was donated by Mrs. Luella Roberts.
Location: 0032.08.08.0560
Pioneer Rally, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.75 in.
A group of men at a pioneer rally. The men include (from the left), Victor Flint, Ralph Carrell, and William G. Watson.
Location: 0032.08.08.0561
Ben Harmer and Smarts, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Ben Harmer (in white shirt) talking to an unidentified man with Audrey Smart and her father, Jack Smart, standing nearby.
Location: 0032.08.08.0562
Arnold Johnson and Gordon Sherk, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.5 in.
Arnold Johnson and Gordon Sherk near a truck box converted into a speaking platform.
Location: 0032.08.08.0563
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Ladies at the 1963 Oldtimers’ Picnic at Lake Saskatoon. Back row, left to right: Mrs. Marie Tofer, Mrs. C. O. Poole, Mrs. Grace Wishart, Rita Carveth, ?, Mrs. Victor Flint, Maude Truax, Mrs. Lulu Allen, and Mrs. Ruth Carrell. Front row, left to right: Mrs. Alfred Binks, Mrs. Albright, and Mrs. John Alstad. The photograph was taken by the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0564
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Original 1909 settlers at the 1959 Oldtimers’ Picnic. Left to right: Albert Miller (Beaverlodge), Gordon Sherk (Grande Prairie), Lulu (Sherk) Allen (Huallen), Marley Sherk (Grande Prairie), and Victor Flint (Beaverlodge).
Location: 0032.08.08.0565
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Participants at the 1936 Oldtimers’ Picnic at Lake Saskatoon. Standing: I. V. Macklin, James Somerville holding his daughter’s hand, Mrs. Somerville, Mrs. Lorna Horte, Mr. and Mrs. Paul Flint, James McFarlane, and Charles Cowpar. In the car: Bert Bessent and his twins Bob and Bill. On running boards: Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts. Sitting: Alice Sutherland, Mrs. J. Sutherland, Walter McFarlane, Mrs. Evelyn McRae, Fred Roberts, Mrs. Elsie Bessent, Pauline Johnson, Henry Monkman, Mrs. Fred Roberts, Mrs. Monkman, and George Tait.
Location: 0032.08.08.0566
Wives of Early Surveyors, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
“Wives of early surveyors in the South Peace: Mrs. Harry Tuffill, Mrs. Ed. K. Gummer and Mrs. James Somerville.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0567
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
J. Percy Page with J. B. Oliver and I. V. Macklin.
Location: 0032.08.08.0568
Oldtimers’ Meeting, [ca. 1964]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
Left to right: I. V. Macklin, W. R. Caldwell, and J. O. Patterson at an Oldtimers’ Meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0569
Oldtimers’ Meeting, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Left to right: Alex Stewart, A. M. Bezanson, J. O. Patterson, Dave Ritchie, and William Grant at an Oldtimers’ Meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0570
Oldtimers’ Meeting, [ca. 1958]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 4 in.
Left to right: Alex Stewart, A. M. Bezanson, J. O. Patterson, Dave Ritchie, and William Grant at an Oldtimers’ Meeting.
Location: 0032.08.08.0571
Oldtimers’ Banquet, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Senior citizens of Beaverlodge: Mrs. Rene Boe, Mrs. Harry Hogg, Mrs. Maurice Lowe, Mrs. C.E. Cavett, Arthur Bowtell, Mrs. Bert Vanduzee, Chris Sylvester, Franklin T. Brewer, W.W. Clarke, and A.E. Pinchbeck, receiving Jubilee Anniversary scrolls at an Oldtimer’s Banquet at Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0572
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Participants at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic: William Grant (seated, 1905), Bill Innes (1911), Rhodes Scholar James E. Redmond, William L. Caldwell (1911), and Jack Redmond (1912).
Location: 0032.08.08.0573
RNWMP Enlistees, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
1914 RNWMP enlistees. Left to right: ?, Delmer Pratt, Alex Wishart, George Balmer, and Chester Miller.
Location: 0032.08.08.0574
Peace River Picnic in British Columbia, 1973
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.5 in.
Participants at a Peace River picnic held in British Columbia. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0575
Mr. Sisley Boating, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
“This is Mr. Sisley, the first local preacher from G. P. who held service in the Kleskun Lake School north of our farm. On the lake betwene our place and town – Crystal Lake? His land was on it.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0576
James Dodge and Mary Whitford, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.75 in.
James Dodge of Spirit River and Mary Whitford of Waterhole greet each other at a gathering at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0577
Oldtimers’ Banquet, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
“Pioneers of 1909 in the Grande Prairie District. Mrs. Jennie (Twombly) Goodvin; Mrs. Evelyn (Twombly) McRae; Harry Tuffill; Mrs. Mina (Johnson) Pool; John O. Johnson; James Somerville; Gordon Sherk; Mrs. Alice (Sutherland) Lozeron; Mrs. Lulu (Sherk) Allen; Marley Sherk; and Mrs. Elsie (Monkman) Boyd. Photo taken at Old Timers’ Banquet, Mar. 1960.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0578
The Caldwells, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4.75 in.
“Mrs. Tom Caldwell – (nee Dorothy Hockey.) with children Nora and Jack.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0579
The Wards Boating, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back states: “Walter Ward’s picturesque lake on the farm with Sister Edith and Brother Alfred in the “Peterborough Canoe”.” The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0580
Pioneer Rally at Red Willow Bridge, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6.5 in.
The caption on the back states: “Pioneer Rally at Red Willow Bridge, July 1959. Elmer C. Dahl; Franklin T. Brewer; James Somerville; Marley Sherk; Arthur Lacey; Rowe Thompson; Wm. N. Scorgie and Albert Miller.” The photograph may have been taken for use in the July 12, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0581
Henny and Kris Aasen and Friends, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 8.5 in.
Henny and Kris Aasen and friends with a dog standing in a yard at Valhalla. The photograph may have been contributed by granddaughter Arlene Ommundsen.
Location: 0032.08.08.0582
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.25 in.
Attendees at the 1951 Grande Prairie and District Oldtimers’ Association annual picnic. Front row, left to right: John O. Patterson, Jim Sidore, Ralph Carrell, Charles Stredulinsky, Alfred Field (Secretary-Treasurer), John Holtom, and Harry Laurence. Back row, left to right: Charlie Poppen, Fred Wilson, John Smith, Albert Biendarra, William Hiloski, Gordon Sherk, William Lowe, Tom Corlette, Tom Paul, Robert Cochrane, Tom Massey, Uri Powell, George Lowe, Hugh Allen, George Jebb, James Somerville, William McLevin, Steve Garrett, A. R. Murphy, Ernest Hopkins, and William Watson. The two children are unidentified.
Location: 0032.08.08.0583
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 9 x 7 in.
Attendees at the 1936 Grande Prairie Oldtimers’ picnic at Lake Saskatoon. Back row, left to right: Mr. and Mrs. Jim Somerville, Mrs. Lorna Horte, Mr. and Mrs. Paul Fint, Bert Bessent and twins Bob and Bill (in car), Jim McFarlane, and Charles Cowpar. Middle row, left to right: Alice (Sutherland) Lozeron, Somerville girl, Mrs. Jack Sutherland, Walter McFarlane, and Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts. Front row, left to right: Mrs. Dick McRae, Fred Roberts, Elsie Bessent, ? Johnson, Alex Monkman, Ethel Roberts, Mrs. Monkman, and George Tate (Mrs. Monkman’s brother).
Location: 0032.08.08.0584
Paying an Election Bet, July 2, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Harry Adair wheeling Bill Innes on Grande Prairie’s main business Avenue on Sports Day, July 2, 1917, in payment of an election bet. Wm Rae may be seen on the left side and George Duncan on the right side of Adair.” The man on the right side of the photograph is identified as William Salmond.
Location: 0032.08.08.0585
Wedding of Ray Sears and Gwen Redwood, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Wedding of Ray Sears & Gwen Redwood at the home of Leason Redwood.” “Walter Ward is holding Mary in right back ground and Pat Redwood is in foreground.” The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0586
Lawn Fete at Rev. Forbes’ Manse, August 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A large group of people gathered at the home of Rev. and Mrs. Alexander Forbes, the Presbyterian Manse, for a lawn fete. Mrs. Forbes is dressed in white and seated in the cetnre of the front row. Rev. Forbes is on the far right in the front/middle row.
Location: 0032.08.08.0587
At the Connolly Cabin, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of people gathered at the Connolly cabin, including (left to right) Mrs. Connolly and her daughter Helen, Mrs. Sexsmith with George and Wally, Mr. and Mrs. Murphy, Asa Connolly, Hugh McGuire, Pete Klassen, and Alfred Ward. The photograph was possibly contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0588
Christening of Ann Roberts, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of people gathered for the Christening of Ann Roberts, including (from left) Walter Ward, D. P. Roberts, Ann Roberts, Mrs. Roberts, and Mr. and Mrs. Allen Mercer on the right. The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0589
Picnic at the Wapiti River, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
A group of young people at the Wapiti River for a picnic. Sitting: Herman Trelle, Lucille Beatty, Sally Smith, Wallace McFarlane, Bert Taylor, Jean Taylor, and Ben Harmer. Standing: Percy Taylor, Margaret McNaught, ?, ?, Mable Roberts, Fred Roberts, ?, ?, ?, ?, Marie Trelle, ?, ?, and Mike Harland. The photograph was contributed by Delia Miller.
Location: 0032.08.08.0590
Mr. and Mrs. Amos Sherk’s Golden Wedding Anniversary, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of ladies drinking tea outside at Mr. and Mrs. Amos Sherk’s Golden Wedding anniversary. Charlie Edgerton is standing on the left holding a coffee pot, Mrs. Arthur Carveth is second from the left, and Gordon Sherk is on the right holding a sugar bowl.
Location: 0032.08.08.0591
Miss Mabel Roberts and Friends, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Miss Mabel Roberts and a group of other ladies standing beside a garden.
Location: 0032.08.08.0592
Miss Mabel Roberts and Friends, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Miss Mabel Roberts and a group of other ladies and a child standing outside a house.
Location: 0032.08.08.0593
Order of the Eastern Star, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The ladies of the Order of the Eastern Star gathered at the Porteous home. The photograph may have been acquired from Percy H. Jones of McLennan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0594
Picnic at the Wapiti River, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of young people gathered for a picnic at the Wapiti River. Standing: Delia Obenlock (later Delia Miller), ? McKinley, ?, Gertrude Bezanson, Gladys Fleming, ?, Mrs. Florence Pratt, and Mrs. Dorothy Caldwell. Sitting: ? McKinley, Herb Mattinson, Howard Taft, Bill Pratt, Harry Watcher, Allan Wilson, ?, Jack Kuntz, Mac MacEwan, Andy Wilson, and Alfred Leechman. Garnet Pratt is sitting in front. The photograph was contributed by Delia Miller.
Location: 0032.08.08.0595
Gordon Moyer with World Championship Trophy, [ca. 1951-1953]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 3.75 in.
Gordon S. Moyer holding his World Championship Trophy for oats. The photograph appears to have been reprinted from a newspaper article.
Location: 0032.08.08.0597
Gordon Moyer with World Championship Trophy, [ca. 1951-1953]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
A portrait of Gordon S. Moyer. The photograph appears to have been reprinted from a newspaper article.
Location: 0032.08.08.0598
William Grant, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 7.5 in.
A portrait of William Grant.
Location: 0032.08.08.0599
Alma Honoured with Flowers, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
An elderly lady is honoured with flowers. The back of the photograph states: “Gran Cage. Alma. Kath & Joyce.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0600
Robert Cochrane, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 4.75 in.
Robert Cochrane at the 1959 Oldtimers’ Picnic. The image has been cropped from a larger photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0601
Magnus Gudlaugson, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 7 in.
Magnus Gudlagson speaking at a a gathering, possibly the Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0602
Fred Blanchard, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Portrait of Fred Blanchard in World War I uniform. The photograph appears to have been acquired from Mrs. Edith Mair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0603
Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, August 6, 1966
1 photograph; colour; 2.5 x 3 in.
A portrait of Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, born September 13, 1874 in Toney River, Nova Scotia and died November 7, 1966 in Edmonton, Alberta at the age of 92. The photograph was taken by Allen F. McQuarrie in Edmonton on August 6, 1966.
Location: 0032.08.08.0604
Alexander Hugh McQuarrie, December 1962
1 photograph; colour; 4.5 x 6.75 in.
A portrait of Alexander Hugh “Sandy” McQuarrie, born September 13, 1874 in Toney River, Nova Scotia and died November 7, 1966 in Edmonton, Alberta at the age of 92. The photograph was taken by Allen F. McQuarrie in Calgary in December 1962.
Location: 0032.08.08.0605
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1969
1 photograph; colour; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Fred Dewhirst, Rupert Carveth, Jimmy Charters, and Dr. A. M. Carlisle at the annual Grande Prairie Picnic, held in Victoria, British Columbia in 1969. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0606
Tom Massey with Grandchild, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
Tom Massey playing in the water with a grandchild. Other swimmers are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0607
Political Picnic, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A political picnic held at Bezanson with Griesbach in attendance.
Location: 0032.08.08.0608
Don Kody, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
Don Kody in western attire in front of a painted background and prop fence.
Location: 0032.08.08.0609
Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 4.25 in.
Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts in front of clothesline and bushes.
Location: 0032.08.08.0610
Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Studio portrait of Mr. and Mrs. Henry Roberts.
Location: 0032.08.08.0611
Jacob Weber, [ca. 1975]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 3 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “This Pioneer of 1911, Jacob Weber, still batches in his home in Grande Prairie at the age of ninety years.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0612
Mr. and Mrs. W. Fletcher Bredin, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Mr. and Mrs. W. Fletcher Bredin, Twin Shacks, Bear Lake. Alex Monkman built a trading post for J. K. Cornwall and W. F. Bredin at Lake Saskatoon in 1900. It was later purchased by Revillion Freres.” The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0613
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Ira McLaughlin, ___ Powell?, Frances Flint, and Victor Flint at an Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0615
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
John Smith, Jock McDonald, Ernest Hopkins, R. Cochrane, and Uri Powell at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0616
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Harry Tuffill (1909 Pioneer), James Somerville (1904), Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta), William L. Caldwell (1911), E. J. Holtom (1911), and James B. Oliver (1914) at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0617
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Albert Miller, Gordon Sherk, Lulu Sherk Edgerton Allen, Marley Sherk, and Victor Flint at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0618
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Group of men at an Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0619
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
?, J. O. Patterson, Tom Corlett, Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta), and James B. Oliver at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0620
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Attendees at an Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0621
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Attendees at an Oldtimers’ Picnic, including J. O. Patterson (fourth from right) and Ira McLaughlin (third from right).
Location: 0032.08.08.0622
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Attendees at an Oldtimers’ Picnic, including James B. Oliver (centre).
Location: 0032.08.08.0623
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Attendees at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0624
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
3 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Attendees at an Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0625-.627
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
5 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Hon. J. Percy Page, Lieutenant Governor of Alberta greets attendees at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0628-.632
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Albert Miller, Gordon Sherk, Lulu Sherk Edgerton Allen, Marley Sherk, and Victor Flint at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0633
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta) addresses a group of men seated at a table during the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0634
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Harry Tuffill (1909 Pioneer), James Somerville (1904), Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta), William L. Caldwell (1911), E. J. Holtom (1911), and James B. Oliver (1914) at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0635
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
3 photographs; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
James B. Oliver, George Repka, Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta), and Ira McLaughlin at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0636-.0638
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
An unidentified man in a suit, smoking a pipe and standing in a field.
Location: 0032.08.08.0639
Unidentified Man,
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man.
Location: 0032.08.08.0640
Unidentified Group, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
An unidentified group, possibly a family, including men, women, and children of various ages, standing outside of a house and tent.
Location: 0032.08.08.0641
Unidentified Men, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
Two young, unidentified men facing each other outside of a building and in front of a fence.
Location: 0032.08.08.0642
Eva Albright and Gordon Sherk, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
Eva (Mrs. W. D.) Albright and Gordon Sherk at an Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0643
Oldtimers’ Picnic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
A group of ladies at the Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.0644
Dance Hall Group, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
A crowd gathered in a dance hall for a photograph. One couple, perhaps the musical directors, is seen standing in front of the piano. Ernest Kirstien is third from left in the back row.
Location: 0032.08.08.0645
Sherk Golden Wedding Anniversary, 1929
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A large group of people gathered for Amos and Candace Sherk’s Golden Wedding Anniversary.
Location: 0032.08.08.0646
Looking at Old Photographs, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
Victor Flint, Eva Albright, Ruth Carrell, and John McNaught examine books containing old photographs.
Location: 0032.08.08.0647
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.75 in.
Participants at the 1963 Oldtimers’ Picnic, including Marjorie Ellis, Uri Powell, Gerald Carveth, Hugh? Thompson, Mrs. Bousefield?, Hugh Allen, E. J. Holtom, W. J. Caldwell, and Johnny Johnson.
Location: 0032.08.08.0648
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1984
1 photograph; colour; 7 x 3.25 in.
Participants at the 1984 annual Grande Prairie Picnic held in Victoria, British Columbia. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie and includes Dick and Betty (McQuarrie) Hanna, Jack and Bertha (Macklin) Eslee, Stan and Grace (Wishart) Moore, Ernie and Grace (Field) Heetzog, Andy and Frances (Spicer) Neal, Nellie Watson, Florence Morrison, Jack and Beryl Caldwell, George and Ruby Cave, Harland Wheeler, and Frank Bousefield.
Location: 0032.08.08.0649
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1985
1 photograph; colour; 3.25 x 4 in.
Participants at the 1985 annual Grande Prairie Picnic held in Victoria, British Columbia, Mrs. Frances Sissons, Rupert Carveth (age 92), and Mrs. Rupert (Iris) Carveth. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie, June 1985.
Location: 0032.08.08.0650
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1985
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Participants at the 1985 annual Grande Prairie Picnic held in Victoria, British Columbia, Betty McQuarrie Hanna, Vera Guthrie Ball, and Helen Hedman Wyand. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie, June 1985.
Location: 0032.08.08.0651
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1985
1 photograph; colour; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Participants at the 1985 annual Grande Prairie Picnic held in Victoria, British Columbia, Florence Morrison, Sheila Burnett McAleese, and Bertha Macklin Esler. The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie June 1985.
Location: 0032.08.08.0652
Annual Grande Prairie Picnic, Victoria, British Columbia, 1985
1 photograph; colour; 7 x 4 in.
Participants at the 1985 annual Grande Prairie Picnic held at Centennial Park, Victoria, British Columbia. Front row: Florence Morrison (2nd from left), Rupert Carveth (5th from left), Mrs. Rupert (Iris) Carveth (4th from right). Second row: Sheila McAleese (5th from left), Bertha Esker (6th from left), Frances Sissons (4th from right), Betty McQuarrie (3rd from right), Helen Wyand (right). Back row: Vera Ball (right). The photograph was taken by Allan F. McQuarrie June 1985.
Location: 0032.08.08.0653
Mr. and Mrs. Charles Binks 60th Wedding Anniversary, 1965
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The 60th Wedding Anniversary of Mr. and Mrs. Charles Binks (seated in front), January 17, 1965. Back row, left to right: Julie (granddaughter and daughter of Elsie), Gladys (youngest daughter), Ted (grandson and son of Gladys, 14 years old previous October), Elsie (oldest daughter), Kenneth (great-grandson and son of Julie, 11 years old previous December).
Location: 0032.08.08.0654
Sam and Adeline Tackaberry, [ca. 1900]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.75 in.
“Old folks at home,” Uncle Sam Tackaberry and Aunt Adeline near Ottawa, Ontario. The photograph was likely contributed by Mrs. Luella Roberts (nee Patterson).
Location: 0032.08.08.0655
First RNWMP Barracks in Grande Prairie, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
“The first R.N.W.M.P Barracks in Grande Prairie about 1912 on the West side of Bear Creek. The location is where 100 Ave. now is.” An unidentified woman and child are in the foreground.
Location: 0032.08.08.0656
First RNWMP Barracks in Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
A photograph of a painting by Evelyn McBryan of the first RNWMP barracks, which was erected in 1912 in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0657
RNWMP Barracks, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
The 1913 RNWMP barracks after it was moved to 101 Street and about 105 Avenue for use as a home.
Location: 0032.08.08.0658
Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Grande Prairie looking east down 100 Avenue in the 100 to 101 Street block. The photograph shows various businesses, J. B. Lambert General Merchant, the RNWMP barracks (hip roof), Confectionary, Selkirk Trading Company, and the Empire Hotel. The RNWMP barracks were constructed in 1913 and first occupied November 17, 1913. The photograph is held by Glenbow-Alberta Institute, no. NA-986-8.
Location: 0032.08.08.0659
Sergeant Clay, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A photograph of RNWMP Sargeant Clay sitting in a field with two horses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0660
Alberta Provincial Police Barracks, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
The Alberta Provincial Police Barracks in Grande Prairie during the 1920s. The barracks was located on 101 Avenue across from Town Hall, built in 1917 for contractor F. L. McLennan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0661
Town of Grande Prairie Police, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.25 in.
Two RCMP officers, including Constable C. Mains (wearing glasses), with a car outside the Town of Grande Prairie Police station. The photograph was likely taken for use in the December 9, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0662
RCMP Centennial Plaque, [ca. 1974]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 6.25 in.
The photograph shows the text plate of a plaque erected for the RCMP Centennial in 1974. The text reads: “This plaque is dedicated to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police to mark the centenary of the N.W.M.P.’s march west. On August 20, 1909, Staff Sergeant K. F. Anderson, Royal Northwest Mounted Police, was the first “Mountie” to arrive in Grande Prairie, via horse team from Peace River Landing. A detachment of “K” Company was established in the Village of Grande Prairie in 1910, with Corporal S. G. Clay in charge. The R.C.M.P. still proudly serve the City of Grande Prairie in this Centennial Year. Erected by Grande Prairie Chamber of Commerce & the Alberta-R.C.M.P. Century Celebrations Committee.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0663
Sidewalk Construction, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 2.75 in.
Sidewalk construction on 101 Avenue in Grande Prairie. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0664
Road Construction, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.25 in.
Road construction in Grande Prairie with a large machine laying down pavement. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0665
Road Construction, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 6 in.
Road construction in Grande Prairie with a large machine laying down pavement. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0666
Bear Creek Bridge, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.5 in.
Construction on the Bear Creek Bridge in Grande Prairie. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 4, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0667
Sidewalk Construction, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Sidewalk construction in front of Christ Church Anglican (102 Street, south of 99 Avenue) in Grande Prairie. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0668
Bicycle Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
A woman observes and takes note of a boy riding a bicycle. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 29, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0669
Bicycle Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
A woman and children sitting on the ground. A boy and bicycle stand nearby. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 29, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0670
Bicycle Rodeo Trophy Presentation, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
Mr. Christianson presents a Bicycle Rodeo trophy to a young boy.The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 29, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0671
Swimmers, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Three young men in swimsuits at the pool. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 26, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0672
Bike Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25 in.
Two girls with decorated bicycles are congratulated by Mayor George Repka. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 29, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0673
George Baker, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 3.75 in.
A portrait of George Baker, the director of recreation. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 9, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0674
Blood Donor Clinic, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Two nurses with a woman at a blood donor clinic. The photograph was likely taken for use in a 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0675
Blood Donor Clinic, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25 in.
Two nurses with a woman at a blood donor clinic. The photograph was likely taken for use in a 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0676
Blood Donor Clinic, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.25 in.
A nurse taking blood from a man at a blood donor clinic. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 30, 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0677
Red Cross Home Nursing Care Pilot Project, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
Mina Pool, Sam Dunbar, and others examining papers on the Red Cross home nursing care pilot project. The photograph was likely taken for use in the November 20, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0678
Ann Lobas, Red Cross Secretary, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.75 in.
Ann (Mable?) Lobas, Secretary of the Grande Prairie Red Cross branch. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0679
Mrs. K. M. Keer, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
Mrs. K. M. Keer, Second Vice President of the National Nursing Committee, Red Cross. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 30, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0680
Red Cross, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
Mina Pool and C. R. Caton, Red Cross president examining a map. The photograph was likely taken for use in the March 4, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0681
Blood Donor Clinic, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A nurse prepares to take blood from a man during a blood donor clinic. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 9, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0682
Blood Donor Clinic, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A landscape photograph showing the Wapiti River running through the foothills.
Location: 0032.08.08.0683
Tractor in the Wapiti River Flood, 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
T. Edmund Cook’s damaged tractor in the Wapiti River flood of June 1935.
Location: 0032.08.08.0684
Wapiti River, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View of the Wapiti River from near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0685
“The Cathedral – Wapiti Trail”, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
Three people walking down a trail near the Wapiti with very tall trees lining the path. The photograph is a postcard produced by the Photogelatine Engraving Co. Limited, Ottawa.
Location: 0032.08.08.0686
River Scenery, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
River scenery, including people boating, near Grande Prairie. The photograph is a postcard produced by the Canadian Post Card Co., Ltd., of Toronto.
Location: 0032.08.08.0687
Bear Creek, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.5 in.
Bear Creek near Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0688
Red Willow River, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Scenic view of the Red Willow River with a log house overlooking the river valley. A note on the back indicates that it was “Presented by H. P. Brown, Edmonton Photo taken in 1915”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0689
Log Building, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A log building with a dog house next to it.
Location: 0032.08.08.0690
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
A bird’s eye view of Grande Prairie looking northwest. The building in the centre of the photograph is the first Grande Prairie School building, located just north of the railway tracks and south of 100 Avenue. The photograph is held by Glenbow-Alberta Institute no. NA-1644-68.
Location: 0032.08.08.0691
Grande Prairie, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Large group of Grande Prairie school students with their teacher David H. Axon, gathered outside a building, 1914.
Location: 0032.08.08.0692
Constructing Montrose School, Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Montrose School in Grande Prairie under construction, July 31, 1917. The back of the photograph is a postcard addressed to Mrs. A. J. Chisholm of New Glasgow and reads ” Big Island. Wed. Morning. Dear Maggie: Just a card to let you know that Norman is in the Aberdeen Hospital, he was operated on yesterday for appendicitis, and came out of it fine. I am going up to seem him today. He couldn’t get a private ward so we can only see himSundays and Wednesday’s, so I thot if you were town town you might like to see him when he will be getting better. Suppose you saw in the paper where uncle Johnnie Grant in Dawson was poisoned. Hope you are all well Isabel H.” The card was likely written by Isabel Henderson (later Wright) around 1919.
Location: 0032.08.08.0693
First Day in the New Montrose School, Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
Students and teachers gathered on the front steps of Montrose School in Grande Prairie, November 26, 1917, for the first day in the new school.
Location: 0032.08.08.0694
Montrose School, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Montrose School after the rear addition was built in 1922.
Location: 0032.08.08.0695
Montrose School, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Montrose School before the rear addition was built in 1922. The Kathryn Prittie Hospital is visible in the background (left).
Location: 0032.08.08.0696
First Day in the New Montrose School, Grande Prairie, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 6.5 in.
Students and teachers gathered on the front steps of Montrose School in Grande Prairie, November 26, 1917, for the first day in the new school. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Edith Mair.
Location: 0032.08.08.0697
High School Executive, 1935-1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Grande Prairie High School Executive. Back row, left to right: Mr. Sparby, Bill Russ, ?, and ? Lewis. Front row, left to right: Edna Hillman, Olive Wishart, and Claire Shaver.
Location: 0032.08.08.0698
Children at Montrose School, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.5 in.
Children outside of Montrose School. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the September 1, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0699
Artist’s Rendering of the New Montrose School, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
An artist’s rendering, facing east, of the proposed Montrose School to be located at 10201-99 Street, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0700
Montrose School Under Construction, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3 in.
The foundation for the new Montrose School under construction. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0701
Montrose School Under Construction, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
The partially completed Montrose School. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0702
Montrose School Under Construction, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.75 in.
Masonry and roof work being done on the new Montrose School. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0703
Hillside School, [ca. 1961]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 7 in.
Swings in the playground at Hillside School. The school building is visible in the background. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0704
Montrose Junior High Opening, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Key presentation during the Montrose Junior High opening. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 11, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0705
Montrose Junior High Opening, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25 in.
Dr. T. C. Byrne, Alberta’s Superintendent of Schools at the opening of Montrose Junior High. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 11, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0706
Montrose Junior High Opening, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Three ladies of the Home and School Association at the opening of Montrose Junior High. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 11, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0707
Children at School, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.75 in.
Young children at school in Grande Prairie. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0708
Young Children at School, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Young children at a nursery school or kindergarten in Grande Prairie. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0709
Grande Prairie High School Students, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
A group of Grande Prairie High School students. One of them is holding a trophy. The photograph was likely taken for use in the December 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0710
Roger Repka Receiving Scholarship, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
Roger Repka receiving the Alberta Hotel Association Scholarship with George Repka standing beside him. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 13, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0711
Grande Prairie High School Students, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.75 in.
Grande Prairie High School students, perhaps graduates. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0712
Grande Prairie High School Graduates, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3 in.
Grande Prairie High School graduates in formal dress. The photograph was likely taken for use in the May 16, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0713
Grande Prairie High School Graduates, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Grande Prairie High School graduates in formal dress. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0714
Grande Prairie High School Students, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3.25 in.
Grande Prairie High School students gathered around a table, possibly in a meeting. Roger Repka is seated at the head of the table. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0715
Grande Prairie High School Students, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
A group of Grande Prairie school officials. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0716
Grande Prairie School Board, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
The Grande Prairie School Board seated around a table for a meeting. The photograph was likely taken for use in the January 28, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0717
Alberta Teachers’ Association Meeting, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Annual meeting of the Alberta Teachers’ Association (ATA) Local. Participants included Harold Wiebe and Bob Neufeld. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 28, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0718
Alberta Teachers’ Association Meeting, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25 in.
Annual meeting of the Alberta Teachers’ Association (ATA) Local. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 28, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0719
Teacher Reception, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Teachers being served tea at a teacher reception. Many of the participants appear to be wearing funny hats. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 28, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0720
School Officials, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
A group of unidentified school officials. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0721
School Gathering, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 6 in.
Three ladies gathered around a table covered in papers and booklets. One woman is writing. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0722
School Gathering, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.25 in.
A group of people lined up by a table at which they appear to be purchasing tickets. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0723
School Gathering, [ca. 1956]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Two ladies at a tea table. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0724
School Gathering, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A group of ladies at a table with sandwiches and coffee. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0725
School Gathering, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.5 in.
A group of ladies and gentlemen talking. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0726
School Gathering, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5.5 in.
Three men, including Mac Perkins, and a woman talking. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0727
N. J. Andruski, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
A portrait of N. J. Andruski, the School Superintendent. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0728
Mrs. Jean O’Brien, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of Mrs. Jean O’Brien, a Grande Praire teacher.
Location: 0032.08.08.0729
Mrs. Jean O’Brien, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
A portrait of Mrs. Jean O’Brien, a Grande Praire teacher. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0730
H. S. Ellis, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of H. S. Ellis, a Grande Praire High School teacher. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0731
Harold Wiebe, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of Harold Wiebe, a Grande Praire High School teacher. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0732
B. J. Laninga, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A portrait of B. J. Laninga, a Grande Praire High School teacher. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0733
L. V. Carmack, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of L .V. Carmack, a Grande Praire teacher.
Location: 0032.08.08.0734
Unidentified Teacher, [ca. 1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of an unidentified Grande Praire teacher. The phtoograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0735
Grande Prairie School for Retarded Children, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Children and teachers in a classroom at the Grande Prairie School for Retarded Children. The photograph was likely taken for use in the November 11, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0736
Grande Prairie School for Retarded Children, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.5 in.
Children and teachers in a classroom at the Grande Prairie School for Retarded Children. The photograph was likely taken for use in the November 11, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0737
Talent Night, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Young people, including Margaret Welter, participating in a talent night benefit for the Grande Prairie School for Retarded Children. The photograph was likely taken for use in the February 20, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0738
Somme School, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
The Somme School and outbuildings at Glen Leslie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0739
Prestville School, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 5 in.
The Prestville School and an outbuilding, S. D. 4328, after it was no longer in use.
Location: 0032.08.08.0740
County School Committee, 1955
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4.25 in.
The County of Grande Prairie School Committee. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 12, 1955 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0741
Painting Presentation, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
N. J. Andruski, School Superintendent, and an unidentified man with a painting of a mountain scene.The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0742
Award Presentation, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6 in.
Robert Kochendorfer of Hythe High School accepts an award from Glyn Davis, manager of the Hythe Hotel.The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 20, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0743
Hazel McEachern, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 7.25 in.
A portrait of Hazel McEachern, an award winner from Hythe High School. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 22, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0744
Beaverlodge High School Graduates, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5.5 in.
Beaverlodge High School Graduates in formal dress with School Superintendent N. J. Andruski. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 16, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0745
Jane Shemanko, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 6.75 in.
A portrait of Jane Shemanko, an award winner from Rycroft. The photograph appears to have been taken by the Art Craft studio in Grande Prairie and was likely used in the September 22, 1961 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0746
Berwyn School, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 4 in.
An exterior view of the Berwyn Village School in winter. There is an unclear caption on the back of the photograph that appears to date it to January 20, 1957.
Location: 0032.08.08.0747
Extension of Sexsmith High School, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.25 in.
Construction workers, including Paul Wold and Jack Johnson, working on the extension of Sexsmith High School.
Location: 0032.08.08.0748
Lake Saskatoon Ball Team, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Lake Saskatoon Baseball Team in 1912. Standing: Leonard Eisenmann, Charlie Richardson, George Stoll, Charlie Stoll, Sel McAusland, and Max English. Seated: Roy Stokes, Dean Hodgins, Percy Perraton, Ulia Douglass, Walter Eaton, Hermann Reidrick, and Jimmy Loudfoot, bat-boy.
Location: 0032.08.08.0749
Grande Prairie Baseball Team, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Baseball Team in 1912. Standing: Rae Hegler, Wes Bentley, Allan Wilson, Rae Piper, and Rupert Carveth. Seated: Eric Anderson, Ike Nelson, Bud Piper, and Boody Sprague.
Location: 0032.08.08.0750
Grande Prairie Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Baseball Team in 1914, part of the Twilight League: Edgar Ellis (3rd base), Ed Salmond (shortstop), Jack Hooks (pitcher), Billy Salmond (left field), Old Joe or Bill Hannigan (catcher), Bill Rae (first base), Chester Miller (second base), Ike Nelson (centre field), and Ewart Ellis (right field).
Location: 0032.08.08.0751
Grande Prairie Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Baseball Team in 1914, part of the Twilight League: Edgar Ellis (3rd base), Ed Salmond (shortstop), Jack Hooks (pitcher), Billy Salmond (left field), Old Joe or Bill Hannigan (catcher), Bill Rae (first base), Chester Miller (second base), Ike Nelson (centre field), and Ewart Ellis (right field). This is a better condition print of SPRA 032.08.08.0752.
Location: 0032.08.08.0752
Grande Prairie Maroons Baseball Team, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Maroons Baseball Team in 1915, part of the Twilight League. Rear, left to right: R. Gill (left field), Ike Nelson (centre field), Dan Wishart (1st base), L. Shapiro (right field), and Ed Ludington (pitcher). Front: Bud Piper (2nd base), Bernard (short stop), Allan Wilson (3rd base), and Ford (catcher).
Location: 0032.08.08.0753
Beaverlodge Baseball Team, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Beaverlodge Baseball Team in 1912. Rear, left to right: Vic Burt, Herman Reiderick (2nd base), Hugh Allen (pitcher), Dave McLellan, and Ward. Seated: Don Cranston, Billy Pierce, Harry Cranston, Marley Sherk, and Russ Walker (catcher).
Location: 0032.08.08.0754
Beaverlodge Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Beaverlodge Baseball Team in 1914: Johnny Johnson, Marley Sherk, Vic Burt, Homer Jaque, Ralph Carrell, Harry Newgard, Percy Lu, Harry Cranston, Ed Heller, Herman Reiderick, and Hugh Allen. The photograph may have been contributed by E. J. Heller.
Location: 0032.08.08.0755
Kleskun Lake Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
The Kleskun Lake Baseball Team in 1914, part of the Twilight League. Front: Schiller (short stop), Forrest Falk (pitcher), Milt Armstrong (centre field), Bill Harris (catcher), and Jim Beard (pitcher, 2nd base). Rear: Floyd Totten (right field), Jess Harris (pitcher, 3rd base), Bert Hayes (1st base), Bill Barnes (left field).
Location: 0032.08.08.0756
Kleskun Lake Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.75 in.
The Kleskun Lake Baseball Team in 1914, part of the Twilight League: Floyd Totten, Fishburn, Schiller, Bert Hayes, Jess Harris, Bill Barnes, Bill Harris, Jim Beard, Milt Armstrong, Forrest Falk, and George Bass.
Location: 0032.08.08.0757
Buffalo Lakes Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.25 in.
The Buffalo Lakes Baseball Team at the 1914 Lake Saskatoon Sports day. Standing: William Morris Robb, Wallace Edgar, Gaston K. Wagar, Walter McFarlane, Jack Carter, Oscar Anderson, and Roy Davis. Kneeling: Pete Louis and John Johnson. Sitting: Selmer Johnson, Billy McNeil, Norman Edgar, and Allan H. Parker.
Location: 0032.08.08.0758
Buffalo Lakes Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Buffalo Lakes Baseball Team. Rear: Harry Lester and Dunc Ferguson. Middle: Jack Hopkins, Frank Perry, and Benny or Corey Livelton. Seated: Cliff Lawrence, Ralph Turner, and Hollis Lawrence.
Location: 0032.08.08.0759
Deep Creek Baseball Team, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Deep Creek baseball team in 1913, part of the Twilight League. Standing left to right: Wylie Sawyer, Rupert Carveth (pitcher), Neil Vance (2nd base), Boody Sprague (1st base), and Wes Bentley. Seated: Lyman Johnston (3rd base), Rae Hegler (catcher), Cecil Johnston (short stop), Eric Anderson (pitcher), and Pat Carveth (bat boy).
Location: 0032.08.08.0760
Deep Creek Baseball Team, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Deep Creek baseball team in 1913, part of the Twilight League. Left to right: Neil Vance, Rupert Carveth, Lyman Johnston, Cecil Johnston, Boody Sprague, Wylie Sawyer, Eric Anderson, Rae Hegler, and Wes Bentley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0761
Deep Creek Baseball Team, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Deep Creek baseball team in June 1914, part of the Twilight League. Front row, left to right: Hugh Boyd, Pat Carveth (short stop), Lyman Johnston (3rd base), Rupert Carveth (pitcher), Rae Hegler (catcher), and Eric Anderson (pitcher). Back row: Neil Vance (2nd base), Boody Sprague (1st base), Cecil Johnston (manager), Wes Bentley, and Wylie Sawyer.
Location: 0032.08.08.0762
Sexsmith Baseball Team, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Sexsmith baseball team in the Burnt Hills on their way to a Peace River ball tournament, August or September 1920. The team is loaded in a convoy of cars driving along a dirt track.
Location: 0032.08.08.0763
Curlers with a Trophy, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
Curlers Ernest Hopkins (left rear), John Smith (right rear), John Alstad (left front), and ? pose with rocks, brooms, and a trophy ouside a log building. The photograph appears to have been contributed by the Grande Prairie District Old Timers’ Association.
Location: 0032.08.08.0764
Curlers with a Trophy, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
(Left to right): curlers John Smith, ?, Ernest Hopkins, John Alstad, ?, and ? pose with rocks, brooms, and a trophy ouside a log building. The photograph appears to have been contributed by the Grande Prairie District Old Timers’ Association.
Location: 0032.08.08.0765
Ladies’ Curling Club, Grande Prairie, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Group photograph of the Grande Prairie Ladies’ Curling Club posed with rocks and brooms on March 31, 1922. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “The one and only time I ever curled. I am the second one from the left in the rear. Jeanette McPhee (can’t remember her married name) is the 4th from the left. I think the woman in the white sweater in front is Mrs. Christie and I think Mrs. O’Brien is second from the right in front.” The writer of the caption is unidentified.
Location: 0032.08.08.0766
Ladies’ Curling Club, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.5 in.
Group photograph of the Grande Prairie Ladies’ Curling Club posed with rocks and brooms. Front row, left to right: Mrs. MacPhee, Mrs. Harmer, Mrs. O’Brien, Mrs. Grisdale, Mrs. Christie, Mrs. W. C. Pratt, and Mrs. Porteous. Second row: Mrs. James, Mrs. Graban, Mrs. Turner, Mrs. D. W. Pratt, Mrs. Percy Jones, Mrs. Hackett, Mrs. McMillan, Mrs. L. Smith, and Mrs. Bell. Back row: Mrs. ? (Bill Storm), Mrs. Mead, Mrs. Thomson, Mrs. Minchin, Mrs. (F.) Flood (J. Patterson), Miss James, Mrs. F. McDonald, Mrs. Fredette, and Mrs. Howell. Mrs. Evans was away. The photograph was obtained from Mrs. D. W. Pratt by Mrs. Erna Talbot.
Location: 0032.08.08.0767
Sexsmith Rink, 1928
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Sexsmith curling ladies in 1928 posed with brooms, rocks, and a trophy. Skip Mrs. Brown (left), ?, Mrs. Ellsworth Foy (holding cup), and ? presumably outside the Sexsmith Curling Rink.
Location: 0032.08.08.0768
Grande Prairie Curling Rink, [ca. 1940]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
An interior view of Grande Prairie’s curling rink. The caption on the back of the postcard states: “Equipped with artificial ice, six-sheet Grande Prairie curling rink is home of one of Alberta’s largest annual bonspiels.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0769
Group of Ski Jumpers, [ca. 1924]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Skiiers from Valhalla Centre and La Glace at the 1924 Winter Carnival in Grande Prairie. The photograph was accompanied by a 1954 letter from Bjarne Helgerud of Fort St. John, addressed to the Herald Tribune, particularly the “remember when” page. The letter identifies the skiiers as: 1- John Ralfstad, 2 – S. Haugland, 3 – Bjarne Helgerud, 4 – O. Elverum, 5 – Ole Berg, 6 – Walter Webber, 7 – Richard Berg, 8 – John Forseth, 9 – Eric O’Brien. “The ski scaffold at that time was on the creek bank across from where Dr. O’Brian now lives.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0770
Ski Jump on Bear Creek, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
The ski jump on the west side of Bear Creek, near the old Catholic Mission and opposite Dr. L. J. O’Brien’s house. Ski jumping was held during the winter carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.0771
Ski Jump on Bear Creek, [ca. 1924]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The ski jump on the west side of Bear Creek, near the old Catholic Mission and opposite Dr. L. J. O’Brien’s house. Ski jumping was held during the winter carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.0772
Skier Coming off the Jump on Bear Creek, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A skiier in the air, coming off the end of the ski jump on Bear Creek. The ski jump on the west side of Bear Creek, near the old Catholic Mission and opposite Dr. L. J. O’Brien’s house. Ski jumping was held during the winter carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.0773
Skiing on the Banks of the Wapiti, [ca. 1950]
1 postcard; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
A skiier coming down the hill on the banks of the Wapiti River. Other people are visible at the top. The postcard was produced by Photogelatine Engraving Co. Limited, Ottawa.
Location: 0032.08.08.0774
Bert Osborne’s Dog Team, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Bert Osborne’s dog team hitched to a sled loaded with people on the main street of Grande Prairie during the 1924 Northern Winter Carnival. The photograph was contributed by Bjarne Helgerud of Fort St. John.
Location: 0032.08.08.0775
Northern Winter Carnival, [ca. 1924]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A costumed Percy J. Tooley demonstrates shooting skills at Grande Prairie’s Northern Winter Carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.0776
Northern Winter Carnival, 1925
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A dog team hitched to a sled loaded with people on the main street of Grande Prairie during the 1925 Northern Winter Carnival. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Percy H. Jones of McLennan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0777
Northern Winter Carnival Queen and Entourage, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Hilda Clifford, 1926 Northern Winter Carnival Queen, and her entourage on a sleigh. Herman Trelle is on the far left. The photograph appears to have been contributed by E. J. Harrington of Wanham.
Location: 0032.08.08.0778
Northern Winter Carnival Queen and Entourage, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Hilda Clifford, 1926 Northern Winter Carnival Queen, and her entourage on a sleigh.
Location: 0032.08.08.0779
Northern Winter Carnival Queen and Entourage, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Northern Winter Carnival Queen and her entourage on a sleigh, followed by a band.
Location: 0032.08.08.0780
Northern Winter Carnival, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A man on a sled hitched to a horse at the Northern Winter Carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.0781
Northern Winter Carnival Band, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A band, some in costume, at Grande Prairie’s Northern Winter Carnival. Labelled participants include (left to right): ?, Stredulinsky, ?, Bergeron, Tate, P. Tooley, ?, ?, ?, Lew Edwards, Gus Gard, and Hedman.
Location: 0032.08.08.0782
Northern Winter Carnival, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 2.5 in.
Grande Prairie’s main street (100 Avenue) decorated with trees for the Northern Winter Carnival. The photograph appears to have been contributed by E. J. Harrington of Wanham.
Location: 0032.08.08.0783
Grande Prairie Stampede, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The grand stand at the Grande Prairie Stampede held July 2-4, 1917. The caption on the back of the photograph states “Greatest annual event of North held in July.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0784
Grande Prairie Sports Day Parade, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A parade, including band and floats, for the Grande Prairie Sports Day, 1918. The photograph is taken facing west and shows Lambert’s Store on the left and the chimney on Salmond’s Hotel.
Location: 0032.08.08.0785
Grande Prairie Sports Day Parade, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A parade for Grande Prairie Sports Day on 100 Avenue, May 24, 1922. The photograph is taken facing west and shows various businesses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0786
Grande Prairie Parade, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
July 1, 1924 parade in Grande Prairie. The photograph is taken facing west and shows various businesses and Tom Massee. The photograph appears to have been contributed by E. J. Harrington of Wanham.
Location: 0032.08.08.0787
Grande Prairie Parade, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
July 1, 1924 parade in Grande Prairie. The photograph is taken facing west and shows various businesses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0788
Boxing at the Grande Prairie Sports Grounds, [ca. 1924]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A large number of spectators gathered in the grand stand and on the ground to watch a boxing match in a raised ring at the Grande Prairie sports grounds.
Location: 0032.08.08.0789
Parade Float, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25x 2.5 in.
A parade float, the Revillon Wholesale truck, in front of the Corona Hotel. The photograph appears to have been contributed by E. J. Harrington of Wanham.
Location: 0032.08.08.0790
Rio Grande Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.75 in.
Riding a bucking horse at the Rio Grande Rodeo. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 7, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0791
Rio Grande Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
Riding horses at the Rio Grande Rodeo. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 7, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0792
Rio Grande Rodeo, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3 in.
Chariot races at the Rio Grande Rodeo. The photograph was likely taken for use in the July 7, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0793
Grande Prairie High School Basketball Team, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The 1936 Grande Prairie High School basketball team with a trophy. Back row, left to right: Clarence Anderson, Peter Eager, Mel Fowler, Bob Card, and Kelly Wright. Front row: Bill Russ, Charlie Turner, and Jack James.
Location: 0032.08.08.0794
Moose Hunting on the Wapiti River, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Two men beside the Wapiti River with a boat and two dead moose.
Location: 0032.08.08.0795
Fish From Wapiti River, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
Tom Sheehan (1910 pioneer) holding up a fish caught in the Wapiti River. The Donald Recration Centre in Grande Prairie is visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0796
Trophy Hunters, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5 in.
Two men holding up bighorn sheep skulls.
Location: 0032.08.08.0797
Trophy Hunters, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Two men, one in a suit and one in outdoor clothes and carrying a gun, near airplane disembarkation stairs.
Location: 0032.08.08.0798
Fred T. Johnson, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 5 in.
Fred T. Johnson of the Rodeo Association, standing outside the chutes at the rodeo grounds. The photograph was likely used in the August 10, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0799
Domesticated Reindeer, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
A man leading a reindeer beside a truck camper outfitted as an animal trailer. The reindeer has been alternately identified as a domesticated elk.
Location: 0032.08.08.0800
Exploration Trip to the Peace River Country, 1906
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
An exploratory trip to the Peace River country in 1906. The photograph shows five men in a camp, with mosquito tents.
Location: 0032.08.08.0801
J. B. St. Cyr Survey Party, 1907
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
The J. B. St. Cyr survey party having lunch in the bush in the Grande Prairie area. A coffee pot hangs over the fire in the foreground. The photograph was taken by Edgar Spurgeon of Edson and is held by the Glenbow-Alberta Institute, no. NA-1679-8.
Location: 0032.08.08.0802
Headwaters of the Wapiti River, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Men from the J. A. Somerville survey party on a mountain. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “On one of the mountains at the head of the Wapiti River looking east in the direction of Grande Prairie City – The time we made our decision to continue north to Hudson Hope.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0803
Herb Croteau Bringing Survey Outfit, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
Herb Croteau driving a wagon for the Somerville survey party. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Herb Croteau bringing our outfit from Pouce Coupe to Grande Prairie City with our 20 pack & saddle horse following behind.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0804
Walking to Edson, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A man, likely part of the Somerville survey party, walking along wagon ruts through a field. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “near Beaverlodge where our 350 mile walk began to the station, – Edson.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0805
Sundial at Dunvegan, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Men, including Charles Tomkins, Percy Burton, and Mr. Armstrong, and a dog at the sundial at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0806
Walter McFarlane’s Survey Crew at Prairie River, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Walter McFarlane’s survey crew stopped at Prairie River for dinner, 1909. Two men on the left are attempting to cut frozen bread with a large knife. The photograph was taken by Harry Tuffill.
Location: 0032.08.08.0807
Walter McFarlane’s Survey Crew on the Simonette River, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25
Walter McFarlane’s survey crew stopped for dinner on the Simonette River, on their way back to Edmonton, December 1909. The photograph was taken by Harry Tuffill.
Location: 0032.08.08.0808
Walter McFarlane’s Survey Crew with Hilda Clifford, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 3.75 in.
Walter McFarlane’s survey crew with Hilda Clifford (small girl in the front row). The photograph is from the N. D. McFarlane Collection.
Location: 0032.08.08.0809
Walter McFarlane’s Survey Crew on a Frozen River, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 3.75 in.
Walter McFarlane’s survey crew travelling on a frozen river with horse-drawn sleighs. The photograph is from the N. D. McFarlane Collection.
Location: 0032.08.08.0810
Surveyors and Pack Horses, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Surveyors and pack horses in the Grande Prairie area around 1910. The photograph was taken by Edgar Spurgeon of Edson and is held by the Glenbow-Alberta Institute, no. NA-1679-9.
Location: 0032.08.08.0811
Bridging Crew on the Edson Trail, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Bridging crew on the Edson Trail, 1911, including Steve Ward (centre, seated) and Andrew Kozina (standing, with moustache). The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0812
S. S. Peace River, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
The S. S. Peace River, a Hudson’s Bay Company steam sternwheeler, on the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0813
S. S. Peace River, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The S. S. Peace River, a Hudson’s Bay Company steam sternwheeler, on the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0814
S. S. D. A. Thomas, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
The S. S. D. A. Thomas, a Hudson’s Bay Company steam sternwheeler, at Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0815
Riverboat in Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.25 in.
A riverboat on a trailer, mired in mud, next to a “No Parking” sign. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0816
Car in Grande Prairie, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
One of the captions on the back reads: “One of the first cars to come over the Trail. Mrs. James Scott can be seen in the front seat on the left side. It was in 1913.” The photograph was taken outside the old Grande Prairie post office. The photograph was contributed by Mrs. Jack Fitzpatrick.
Location: 0032.08.08.0817
First Auto in Grande Prairie, [ca. 1913]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Several people in and around the first automobile in Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been taken in September 1913 and may include or have been contributed by George S. Lovering.
Location: 0032.08.08.0818
Grande Prairie Hotel Car, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Frank Donald and Charley Patterson in the Grande Prairie Hotel Car, surrounded by a large crowd, ready for the bug race to Pouce Coupe, July 26, 1922. Kenneth Morrison is also present in the photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0819
Grande Prairie Hotel Car, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Frank Donald and Charley Patterson in the Grande Prairie Hotel Car, surrounded by a large crowd, for the bug race to Pouce Coupe, July 26, 1922. Donald arrived in 4 minutes under 8 hours according to the caption on the back of the photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0820
Hunting Party with Car, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
A hunting party showing guns and game in and beside a car.
Location: 0032.08.08.0821
Wapiti Road, [ca. 1952]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A car driving along the snowy Wapiti Road in Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been taken by Paquin Photography.
Location: 0032.08.08.0822
Truck Accident, [ca. 1955]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
A truck in bad condition after being involved in an accident.
Location: 0032.08.08.0823
Malcolm Campbell with Dog Team, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
“Campbell standing by last sleigh with Lynx. North of Fort St. John Winter 1910.” “Malcolm Campbell traveled from Yukon Territory through the Peace River Section by dog team. While I was in Grande Prairie he gave me his lynx paw robe (lined with a Hudson’s Bay blanket, that he had used on this trip. Malcolm was an old friend of the Henderson’s – both the one at Carcross and the one who was the fur trader in Grande Prairie.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0824
Dog Team, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.5 in.
A dog team with a sled and driver.
Location: 0032.08.08.0825
Dog Team, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.75 in.
A dog team with a sled and driver.
Location: 0032.08.08.0826
Goodwin’s Ferry, Smoky River, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Horses, men, and a wagon taking Goodwin’s Ferry across the Smoky River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0827
Moody’s Crossing Ferry, Smoky River, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The ferry at Moody’s Crossing on the Smoky River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0828
Ferry on the Smoky River, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
A view of the ferry on the Smoky River in 1919, showing the ferry tower and ferry mid-stream.
Location: 0032.08.08.0829
Ferry on the Smoky River, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
A view of the ferry transporting a car over the Smoky River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0830
Ferry on the Smoky River, August 1949
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A view of the ferry, ferry landing and buildings, and a riverboat from the nearly completed Smoky River Bridge, August 1949. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “A little ferry on the Smokey [sic] River The new big Bridge is just about finished now. This ferry carried all supplies over the River by Am’s. while Building Alaska Highway.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0831
Ferry at Dunvegan, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Two cars and a group of people loaded on the ferry at Dunvegan on the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0832
Ferry at Dunvegan, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
A large truck being loaded on the ferry at Dunvegan on the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0833
Ferry at Dunvegan, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3.25 in.
Cars and a large truck with three horses in the back loaded on the ferry at Dunvegan on the Peace River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0834
Ferry at Fort Vermilion, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A car loaded on the ferry at Fort Vermilion while other cars wait on the opposite bank. Two children and a dog are visible in the foreground.
Location: 0032.08.08.0835
Ferry at Fort Vermilion, September 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A car loaded on the ferry at Fort Vermilion, September 1963.
Location: 0032.08.08.0836
Pipestone Creek Ferry, October 1981
2 photographs; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
The Pipestone Creek Ferry on land in the County park, October 1981.
Location: 0032.08.08.0837-.0838
George Robert’s Barn and Driving Outfit, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.25 in.
George Robert’s driving outfit in front of his partially completed barn at Bear Lake. Four men sit on the top log of the barn.
Location: 0032.08.08.0839
Forrest Falk, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Forrest Falk riding Robert Cochrane’s horse, Frank.
Location: 0032.08.08.0840
Horses and Stables, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group of horses and colts outside sod-roofed stables.
Location: 0032.08.08.0841
Ploughing, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A woman (?) drives a plough pulled by four horses. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Turning over the sod in “Grande Prairie.” No brush was taken off to plough this. Do you recognize the person on the plough.” The speaker of the caption may be Minerva South (later Mrs. Fred Smith).
Location: 0032.08.08.0842
Horses Sunk in a Coolee, March 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4.75 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “The year of the big snow. Mrs. Arthur Carveth holding the lines while Jack Higbee swaps Chub and Dick floundering in a snow-filled coulee in vicinity of Prof. Charles Higbee’s homestead in March 1912.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0843
Crossing the Athabasca River, December 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Settlers crossing the Athabasca River on a make-shift raft surrounded by ice floes on their way to the Peace River country.
Location: 0032.08.08.0844
Horse and Buggy, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A young lady sitting in a horse-drawn buggy with a dog. The back of the photograph is a postcard addressed to W. Roberts. The text reads: “Hellow Walter. This is a shap. shot of Elsie Law [?] and my. pony from Elsie Moore.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0845
Horses, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
Grahame McFarlane’s horses standing around a smudge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0846
Horse-Drawn Sleigh, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Walter Roberts and Dorothy Watts riding in a sleigh pulled by two white horses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0847
Elsie Roberts and Horse, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Elsie Roberts petting a white horse between the rails of the corral fence. Buildings are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0848
R. D. Nevings Feed Barn, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
Several men and horses outside of R. D. Neving’s Feed Barn in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0849
Riding Horses on Edmund Cooke’s Farm, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
Edythe Vance and Mary Poppin riding Gladdy and Pat on Edmund Cooke’s farm, 10 miles east of Grande Prairie. A house is visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0850
Horse and Rider, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
A boy riding a horse and carrying a puppy.
Location: 0032.08.08.0851
Billy Bain and Trotting Horse, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“Billy Bain and his tritting hose, “Joe Hill” who won many races in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0852
Monkman Pass Highway, 1938
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
A team of horses approaching a bridge on the Monkman Pass Highway. The photograph was taken looking between the two horses.
Location: 0032.08.08.0853
Colts, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A pair of colts standing in a field. The photograph was contributed by Walter Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0854
William Rae on the Trail, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
William A. Rae driving a team of oxen on the trail.
Location: 0032.08.08.0855
Ploughing with Oxen, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A man ploughing virgin sod in Grande Prairie with a pair of oxen wearing a simple harness.
Location: 0032.08.08.0856
Ox “Old Blue”, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Photograph of an ox named “Old Blue”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0857
Ox-Drawn Buggy, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of people in buggy pulled by two oxen at Bear Lake in 1913.
Location: 0032.08.08.0858
Grande Prairie’s First Taxi Service, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Arthur S. McLean (first land agent), George Balmer, Luella Patterson, and William Caldwell in the box of a sleigh pulled by a large ox. This is identified as Grande Prairie’s first taxi service. The photograph may have been contributed by Mrs. V. C. Flint of Beaverlodge.
Location: 0032.08.08.0859
Van Schaicks Farming, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A. R. Van Schaick and his son with machinery pulled by three oxen.The back of the photograph notes the land was “Below golf course west & north”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0860
Going Berry Picking, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of women and children in the back of a wagon pulled by two oxen.The caption on the back of the photograph states: “How often do you see this in “Toronto” Ha. Ha. A load of “women” going out to pick blue berries. Puzzel – find Minerva x is mother [Minerva A. South] we were camping out that week, consequently did not know how we looked”. The speaker is a member of the South family, perhaps Minerva South.
Location: 0032.08.08.0861
Milking, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A seated woman milking a cow. Another bucket and cow are nearby.
Location: 0032.08.08.0862
Ox-Drawn Wagon, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
A man in a loaded wagon drawn by an ox. Another man stands nearby.
Location: 0032.08.08.0863
Oxen Pulling Sleighs, 1912
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
Oxen pulling sleighs from Grande Prairie to Edson for winter supplies.
Location: 0032.08.08.0864
Oxen and Wagons, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3 in.
Ox teams, wagons, and several people gathered outside a rail fence.
Location: 0032.08.08.0865
Sleighs at Spirit River, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
Sleighs loaded with grain at Spirit River, having been hauled from Bluesky.
Location: 0032.08.08.0866
Cattle Grazing, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A herd of cattle grazing in the Grande Prairie district.
Location: 0032.08.08.0867
Ox-Drawn Sleigh, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
John Godsman with neighbours Ed Figley and Harry Charlesworth on an ox-drawn sleigh at Cherry Point in 1930. John homesteaded at Cherry Point.
Location: 0032.08.08.0868
Wop May’s Plane, 1920
2 photographs; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Wop May and several unidentified men with May’s plane in a field at Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0869-.870
Nurse Jean Crosby and Wop May’s Plane, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 3 in.
Miss Jean Crosby, District Health Nurse, posed with Wop May’s plane in 1920, the first plane to arrive in Grande Prairie. The photograph was contributed by Isabel (Henderson) Wright.
Location: 0032.08.08.0871
Glenn Curtiss’ First Flight, 1908
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A postcard showing the first pre-announced public flight of an airplane in the United States by Glenn Curtiss in 1908 at Hammondsport, New York.The caption states: “Glen Curtiss ready for the first flight on Aviation Field.” The postcard was published by the Benham Company, Los Angeles, California.
Location: 0032.08.08.0872
Awaiting the First Air Mail Flight, March 18, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Post master A. W. Cameron, Percy J. Tooley, Francis (Fran) Donald, and Bill Salmond await the arrival of the first air mail flight in Grande Prairie on March 18, 1937.
Location: 0032.08.08.0873
Yeast Flown in from Edmonton, 1938
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
“Plane with yeast from Edmonton – due to heavy floods at Lesser Slave Lake. About July 10- 1938. Mayor Tooley, Frank Spicer, Pilot Jack Lewis, Dad.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0874
Yukon Southern Plane at the Peace River Airport, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Grant McConachie with Yukon Southern passengers outside a plane at the Peace River Airport.
Location: 0032.08.08.0875
Constructing the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2.75 in.
The Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway under construction around 1916. Numerous workers are visible in the foreground and a locomotive in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0876
Railway Bridge Over the Smoky River, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The bridge over the Smoky River at Watino under construction in 1915. The bridge was built for the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway.
Location: 0032.08.08.0877
Railway Bridge Over the Smoky River, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The bridge over the Smoky River at Watino under construction around 1915. The bridge was built for the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway. The temporary trestle bridge built on the ice is also visible.
Location: 0032.08.08.0878
Grande Prairie Railway Construction, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway under construction in Grande Prairie. The building in the background is the Kathryn Prittie Hospital built on Rev. Forbes’ homestead in 1914.
Location: 0032.08.08.0879
Grande Prairie Railway Construction, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
The Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway under construction in Grande Prairie in March 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0880
Grande Prairie Railway Construction, March 22, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Numerous workers clear the snow away for the construction of the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway in Grande Prairie. The photograph was taken by Covert on March 22, 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0881
Engine with Material for Railway Construction, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A locomotive engine pushing and pulling cars loaded with material to build the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway to Grande Prairie, 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0882
First Train Arrives in Grande Prairie, March 29, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 3.75 x 2 in.
A large crowd greets the arrival of the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway’s first train in Grande Prairie, March 29, 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0883
First Train Arrives in Grande Prairie, March 29, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
A large crowd greets the arrival of the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway’s first train in Grande Prairie, March 29, 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0884
First Passenger Train Arrives in Grande Prairie, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
The arrival of the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway’s first passenger train in Grande Prairie, March 1916.
Location: 0032.08.08.0885
Grade for the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A locomotive on the grade of Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway. The track appears unfinished.
Location: 0032.08.08.0886
Railway Grade in Watino, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Two sets of Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway track at Watino, one with a train on it. The buildings of the town are visible on the right.
Location: 0032.08.08.0887
“Where Rail and Trail Meet Grande Prairie”, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway track at Grande Prairie. A trail and some buildings are also visible. The photograph appears to have been contributed by H. P. Brown of Edmonton.
Location: 0032.08.08.0888
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Yards, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway yards in Grande Prairie. Several buildings are visible, including the grain elevators (right) and Montrose School (far left).
Location: 0032.08.08.0889
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Engine, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A rear view of an Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway engine.
Location: 0032.08.08.0890
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Engine, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2 in.
A side view of an Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway engine.
Location: 0032.08.08.0891
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Engine, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A front view of an Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway engine coming out of a train shed.
Location: 0032.08.08.0892
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Boxcar, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
A group of men in and beside an Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway boxcar.
Location: 0032.08.08.0893
Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia Railway Derailment, September 17, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A group of men surveys the derailment and wreck of an Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway train.
Location: 0032.08.08.0894
Trumpeter Swan, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A trumpeter swan beside a pond.
Location: 0032.08.08.0895
Trumpeter Swan, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 9.5 in.
A trumpeter swan in a pond. A man stands in the background, also in the pond.
Location: 0032.08.08.0896
Trumpeter Swans, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.5 in.
A pair of trumpeter swan in a shallow pool.
Location: 0032.08.08.0897
World War I Enlistees, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
A group of World War I enlistees gathered outside of the Pool Room on Grande Prairie’s 100th Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.0898
World War I Enlistees, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 5 in.
A group of World War I enlistees gathered beside the road in Lake Saskatoon. The photograph was contributed by George S. Lovering of St. Paul, Minnesota.
Location: 0032.08.08.0899
World War I Enlistees, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 5 in.
A group of World War I enlistees on parade outside of the Grande Prairie RNWMP barracks on 100 Avenue. The name “L Konshaw” is written on the back of the photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0900
World War I Enlistees, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
A group of World War I enlistees in several wagons on the main street of Lake Saskatoon. The photograph was contributed by George S. Lovering of St. Paul, Minnesota.
Location: 0032.08.08.0902
Farewell Service for World War I Enlistees, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
Rev. Alexander Forbes conducts a farewell service outside of McQueen Presbyterian Church for World War I enlistees, Fall 1915.
Location: 0032.08.08.0903
World War I Enlistees on Parade, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
A group of World War I enlistees marching to a church service before leaving to join the 66th Battalion in Calgary, 1915.
Location: 0032.08.08.0904
Peace Celebration, Grande Prairie, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A large group of people parading east down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, during a Peace Celebration, July 1919. Numerous businesses are visible in the background, including the Royal George Hotel, Pool Hall, Crown Café, Cochlin’s Café, McPhee and Sissons, Turners Store for Men, Morrison’s Cash Store, and the Spencer Block under construction.
Location: 0032.08.08.0905
World War II Enlistees and World War I Veterans, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A group of World War II enlistees and World War I veterans appear to be being interviewed with an officer with a microphone.
Location: 0032.08.08.0906
Veterans’ Affairs, [ca. 1945]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.5 in.
H. Goldfinch (seated) and Robertson (standing), Veterans’ Affairs officials. The photograph has been printed reversed. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0907
Buffalo Lakes Lumber Co. Ltd., 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
“Irish” O’Brien, Clarence Raison, Gerald Carveth, and ? at Mile 17 (near Webster) of the Edmonton, Dunvegan, and British Columbia railway. The men are standing under a sign for the Buffalo Lakes Lumber Co. Ltd.
Location: 0032.08.08.0908
Belloy Area Lumber Camp, [ca. 1925]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Rod McCrimmon and others at a logging camp in the Belloy area.
Location: 0032.08.08.0909
Lumber Mill, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
The caption on the back of the postcard states: “Mill owned by Grande Prairie Lumber Company is one of the largest in northern Alberta. It produces up to 30,000,000 board fee annually. NW 117”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0910
Plywood Factory, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
The caption on the back of the postcard states: “Northern Plywood Limited’s plant one of two of its kind in Alberta, manufactures plywood from Peace River spruce and poplar, ships to markets across Canada. NW 118 Photo by Al Hanson”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0911
Aerial View of the Grande Prairie Lumber Mill, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
An aerial view of the Grande Prairie Lumber Mill, located east of Wapiti Road (108 Street, Highway 40).
Location: 0032.08.08.0912
Grande Prairie Lumber Mill, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 10 x 4 in.
Buildings at the Grande Prairie Lumber Mill. The railway tracks run behind the buildings.
Location: 0032.08.08.0913
Grande Prairie Lumber Mill, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.5 in.
Stacks of logs at the Grande Prairie Lumber Mill. There are several mill buildings visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0914
Grande Prairie Lumber Mill, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6.25 in.
Stacks of lumber at the Grande Prairie Lumber Mill.
Location: 0032.08.08.0915
Logging in the Whitecourt Area, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.25 in.
A tracked piece of machinery pulls logs along a track as part of a logging operation in the Whitecourt area. A stamp on the back of the photograph indicates “Please Credit: Alberta Government Photograph Department of Industry & Development Edmonton, Alta. This photograph may not be used for direct advertising.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0916
Logging in the Whitecourt Area, [ca. 1965]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
A tree being felled by two men in checked jackets as part of a logging operation in the Whitecourt area. A stamp on the back of the photograph indicates “Please Credit: Alberta Government Photograph Department of Industry & Development Edmonton, Alta. This photograph may not be used for direct advertising.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0917
Alberta Forestry Service, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.25 in.
An aerial view of the Alberta Forestry Service yard and buildings at Grande Prairie, on the southwest corner of the intersection of 84 Avenue and 108 Street (Wapiti Road).
Location: 0032.08.08.0918
Northern Plywoods Ltd., 1963
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
Three men standing beside a stack of plywood at Northern Plywoods Ltd., Grande Prairie. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0919
Athabasca Landing, 1906
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 2.75 in.
An aerial view of the riverfront settlement at Athabasca Landing.
Location: 0032.08.08.0920
Beaverlodge, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 3.75 in.
A view of Beaverlodge’s main street. Numerous businesses are visible including hotels, a meat market, a laundry, and a drug store.
Location: 0032.08.08.0922
Beaverlodge Valley, 1931
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A view of the Beaverlodge Valley, including a field of stooked grain and the town of Beaverlodge with its six grain elevators. The photograph was taken by R. E. Leake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0923
Beaverlodge RCMP, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5.25 in.
Two RCMP officers at Beaverlodge. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0924
I. E. Gaudin Departmental Store, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 4.75 in.
An exterior view of the I. E. Gaudin Departmental Store in Clairmont, with several people and wagons outside. The photograph is a print of a print.
Location: 0032.08.08.0925
First Church at DeBolt, [ca. 1933]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.25 in.
A group of people assembled outside of the first church at DeBolt, constructed of logs. The photograph appears to have been contributed by W. G. Given.
Location: 0032.08.08.0926
Coronation Parade, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
The East of the Smoky Branch of the Canadian Legion B. E. S. L. float for the 1936 Coronation parade celebrating the Coronation of King George VI. DeBolt United Church is visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0927
Coronation Parade, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
The East of the Smoky Branch of the Canadian Legion B. E. S. L. float for the 1936 Coronation parade celebrating the Coronation of King George VI. DeBolt United Church is visible in the background. W. G. Given, Legion president, is on the float.
Location: 0032.08.08.0928
Coronation Parade, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
H. E. DeBolt (coachman) and others participating in a 1936 mock Coronation parade celebrating the Coronation of King George VI.
Location: 0032.08.08.0929
First Automobile at Dunvegan, December 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The first automobile at Dunvegan parked near the Hudson’s Bay Company trading house and warehouse. Same image as SPRA 032.08.08.0930.
Location: 0032.08.08.0930
Hudson’s Bay Company Buildings at Dunvegan, 1945
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.75 in.
Disused Hudson’s Bay Company buildings at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.0931
Elmworth School Opening, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Children outside of Elmworth school at its opening in 1920: Harry, Gladys, Helen and Pearl Chisholm, Ella, Juliana, and Florence Oakford, Bessie and Grace Brown, Ruby and Charley Mitchell, Wesley and Aldwin Miller, Bernice Brewer, Isabel Campbell. and Jimmie Ward.
Location: 0032.08.08.0932
Campbell Family Cabin, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.25 x 7.5 in.
An exterior view of the Campbell family’s cabin. The photograph has alternately been identified as Elmworth School.
Location: 0032.08.08.0933
Elmworth Students in Costume, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.25 in.
A group of Elmworth School students in costume with makeshift instruments.
Location: 0032.08.08.0934
Edna Small, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 5 in.
Edna Small, Elmworth School’s first teacher, drinking tea.
Location: 0032.08.08.0935
Edna Small, October 1990
1 photograph; b & w; 3.5 x 5 in.
Edna Moyer, nee Small, on her 90th birthday in October 1990. Edna was the first teacher of Elmworth School. The photograph has been printed as a Christmas greeting card.
Location: 0032.08.08.0936
Clifford House and Store, Flying Shot Lake, January 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The Harry Clifford family house, store, and outbuildings at Flying Shot Lake in January 1909.
Location: 0032.08.08.0937
Flying Shot Lake School, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Students in front of Flying School Lake School, 1918. Their teacher was Margaret McDonald, later Mrs. Adams of Long Beach, California.
Location: 0032.08.08.0938
Flying Shot Lake School, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
Student in front of Flying School Lake School. The caption on the back of the photograph notes: “Flying Shot school & some of the pupils. The boy at the right is the only white one.” The majority of students at the school were Metis. The writer of the caption is likely teacher Margaret McDonald.
Location: 0032.08.08.0939
Flying Shot Lake School, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
Student in front of Flying School Lake School. Many of the students at the school were Metis.
Location: 0032.08.08.0940
Mrs. Chapman and Daughter, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph notes: “Mrs. Chapman & her little daughter I boarded with her for a week but she lived 1 1/2 miles from school so I moved.” The caption writer is likely Flying Shot Lake school teacher Margaret McDonald.
Location: 0032.08.08.0941
Mrs.Tissington Laying Anglican Church Cornerstone, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Mrs. Tissington laying the cornerstone for the Anglican Church at Flying Shot Lake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0942
Anglican Church Cornerstone, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Cornerstone for the Anglican Church at Flying Shot Lake after it was laid by Mrs. Tissington.
Location: 0032.08.08.0943
Hudson’s Bay Buildings, Fort St. John, 1934
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A group of disused Hudson’s Bay Company buildings near Fort St. John, British Columbia.
Location: 0032.08.08.0944
Hudson’s Bay Buildings, Fort St. John, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A group of disused Hudson’s Bay Company buildings near Fort St. John, British Columbia. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Two of the old Hudson Bay Co’s Buildings on the Peace River – Old Fort St John. There were originally 3 b’l’dg’s – One was burned a few years ago. It was the store house that was burned. No 1. was the store where articles were exchanged for furs etc. with Indians who came in canoes on Peace River. N 2. was the Court House The little room at the End was the jail. The Factor was also in charge. Many thrilling events occurred here.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0945
Hudson’s Bay Buildings, Fort St. John, [ca. 1949]
2 photographs; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of disused Hudson’s Bay Company buildings near Fort St. John, British Columbia.
Location: 0032.08.08.0946-.0947
Catholic Mission, Fort St. John, [ca. 1949]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
An abandoned Catholic mission building near Fort St. John, British Columbia. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “The little old Catholic Misison Church at Old Ft. St John about 8 miles from (New) Ft. St John Town – on Alaska Highway at the Hudson Bay Trading Post — the 1st settlers in the early days of Canada.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0948
Grouard Land Office, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A group of men outside of the Dominion Lands Office in Grouard, around 1912. The photograph appears to have been contributed by H. W. Walker of Kinuso, who may also be in the photograph.
Location: 0032.08.08.0949
Camped Outside the Grouard Land Office, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4 in.
A man sitting huddled under a pile of robes at the Grouard Dominion Lands Office. There are two captions on the back of the photograph: “Pioneer Series 1/2. Man camping day and night at the Grouard land office to file, October, 1913. Photo by W. D. Albright.” “In the first years of Grande Prairie Settlement applications for Homsteads [sic] were made at the Grouard Land Office. Later Peter Tompkins and Harry Turton made, I believe, monthly trips to Lake Saskatoon to take applications and eventually an Office was opened in Grande Prairie. A. H. McQuarrie”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0950
Halcourt Hall, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A binder sitting outside of the Halcourt Hall. This building has alternately been identified as Halcourt School.
Location: 0032.08.08.0951
Halcourt, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A view of the settlement at Halcourt, including a gas station.
Location: 0032.08.08.0952
Campbell Homestead, 1927
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.75 in.
A cabin and outbuildings, tentatively identified as the Clyde Campbell family homestead. The caption on the back of the photograph notes: “Tall aerial brought news of the world to this cabin on the banks of the Red Willow River through a four tub radio in 1927”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0952a
Hythe, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.75 in.
A view of the main street of Hythe, showing the Halfway House and the store.
Location: 0032.08.08.0953
Halfway House, Hythe, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Morris Shapiro standing on the balcony of the Halfway House at Hythe.
Location: 0032.08.08.0954
Store at Hythe, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Morris Shapiro sitting on the steps of the store at Hythe.
Location: 0032.08.08.0955
Sir Henry Thornton at Hythe, 1924
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A crowd gathered at the store at Hythe to see Sir Henry Thornton, president of Canadian National Railways, and his party.
Location: 0032.08.08.0956
Aerial View of Hythe, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5.5 in.
An aerial view of Hythe, showing numerous homes, businesses, churches, and grain elevators. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.0957
Hythe Students’ Union, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
The Hythe Students’ Union sitting on the steps of the school. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 30, 1954 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0958
Hythe Bylaw Voters, 1954
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
Two men, identified as bylaw voters in Hythe, standing outside a building. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 30, 1954 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0959
Hythe CGIT Sale, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Two CGIT girls serve three women shoppers at a CGIT sale. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0960
Ministerial Association Meeting, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
Nine male delegates at a Ministerial Association meeting. A sign in front of them reads “Hythe United.” The photograph may have been taken for the September 23, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.0961
Kleskun Lake School, 1928-1929
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Kleskun Lake School students assembled in front of their school. Students include: (Girls, 1st) Annie Chugg, Ruby Chugg, Helen Oatway, Jean Ellis, (Girls 2nd) Gladys Graham, Irma Oatway, Edna Turner, Jean Cochran, (Boys 1st) Jimmy Cochran, ? Jimmy Morken, Donald Oatway, ?, Edwin Oatway, Billy Duncan, (Boys 2nd) Gordon Oatway, and Dave Turner.
Location: 0032.08.08.0962
Filing on Land at Lake Saskatoon Hudson’s Bay Post, May 26, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
A large crowd gathered outside of the Hudson’s Bay post buildings at Lake Saskatoon on May 26, 1910. Pete Tompkins had come from the Grouard Lands Office to allow the settlers to file on land.
Location: 0032.08.08.0963
Hudson’s Bay Company Buildings, Lake Saskatoon, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
People outside the Hudson’s Bay post buildings at Lake Saskatoon, 1910.
Location: 0032.08.08.0964
Hudson’s Bay Company Buildings, Lake Saskatoon, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
The Hudson’s Bay post buildings at Lake Saskatoon, 1910, located on the west side of the lake.
Location: 0032.08.08.0965
Revillon Freres Cattle, Lake Saskatoon, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Revillion Frere’s Cattle – on shares to Mead & Grant later and finally sold to Sidney Webb & Maynard Bezanson Picture taken in 1910 on S.E. corner of Lake Saskatoon. Hudson Bay buildings can be seen beyond the cattle.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0966
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The caption on the back of the photograph states: “A Scene in “Grand Prairie” looking accross a half breeds farm in the fore ground is and oat field. In the distant, Sask-atoon Lake so name because there is an island in one part that is covered with Saskatoons, four or five hundred bus. being taken off every fall.” The caption writer is likely Minerva South (later Mrs. Fred Smith).
Location: 0032.08.08.0967
Hudson’s Bay Company Buildings, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A scenic view of Lake Saskatoon and the Hudson’s Bay Company buildings near the shore.
Location: 0032.08.08.0968
Lake Saskatoon, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 2.75 in.
A double exposure with men and horses in the foreground and the town of Lake Saskatoon in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0969
Lake Saskatoon, 1914
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A view of Lake Saskatoon looking south east. The Hudson’s Bay Company buildings are visible on the left.
Location: 0032.08.08.0970
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1916]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view down the main street of Lake Saskatoon showing businesses including the Revillon Freres Trading Company Ltd. and the Royal Hotel. The back of the photograph indicates that the photograph was “Presented by H. P. Brown, Edmonton Original townsite of Lake Saskatoon Movie shown here with first non-inflammable films in April 1916 by H. P. Brown from University of Alberta, Dept. of Extension Silent films accompanied on piano by Mrs. F. Barber Smith just out from England”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0971
Lake Saskatoon, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of Lake Saskatoon with the lake in the background and a horse grazing in the foreground. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Mrs. L. Konshak of Wembley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0972
Lake Saskatoon, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
A view of the main street of Lake Saskatoon, showing businesses, including the Peace River Trading Land Co. Ltd. and Revillon Freres. The back of the photograph is a postcard directed to Dr. McDonald of Lake Saskatoon with kind regards from A. Fryling and F. M. Wachter in Calgary.
Location: 0032.08.08.0973
Lake Saskatoon, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A loaded sleigh pulled by a dog team outside of the Canadian Bank of Commerce and Charles S. Porter’s business. The photograph appears to have been contributed by a Mrs. L. Konshak of Wembley.
Location: 0032.08.08.0974
James McFarlane in Lake Saskatoon, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
James McFarlane drving a wagon past the Revillon store in Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0975
Lake Saskatoon, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Lake Saskatoon with the lake in the background. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Peace River Trading Co. Ltd trading post at Lake Saskatoon, Grande Prairie section of Peace River district, Northern Alberta. Lake Saskatoon in background. October 3 – 1917. V. Lloyd-Owen.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0976
Big 7 Company, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Big 7 Company steam engine and threshing machine at Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.0977
Veterans’ Hall, Lake Saskatoon, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
Veterans’ Hall in Lake Saskatoon, located next to the Harness Shop. The back of the photograph is used as a postcard addressed to R. B. Tilt, Sanitorium, Frank, Alberta and postmarked November 1919: “Dear Bob. A map of our veterans’ Hall. Some class eh! Letter follows. George M.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0978
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
View of Lake Saskatoon with the lake in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0979
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
View of the town of Lake Saskatoon. A caption accompanying the Lake Saskatoon photographs states: “A steam saw mill in 1909 on Lake Saskatoon north of Hudson’s Bay co. trading post formed the nucleus of a community that soon became the first commercial hub of the South Peace. Even after the E.D.&B.C. reached Grande Prairie in 1916 hopes were held for its continued growth. By 1924 it became certain that no thin line of steel was to link Lake Saskatoon with the “Outside”. Its shops and stores were skidded across the prairie some 4 1/2 miles south where hammers were already knocking together grain elevators on the new rail terminus to be called Wembley.”
Location: 0032.08.08.0980
Cattle at Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Cattle grazing beside Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0981
Feeding a Bear Cub at Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 6.75 in.
L. Konshaw feeding a bear cub at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0982
Remains of Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Remnants of the settlement at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0983
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1950]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
People on the shore and dock at Lake Saskatoon. The caption on the back of the postcard states: “Since days of the Pioneers, Lake Saskatoon, 14 miles west of Grande Prairie, has been the summer playground for thousands of Peace River residents. NW 115”.
Location: 0032.08.08.0984
St. Andrews-by-the-Lake Anglican Church, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
St. Andrews-by-the-Lake Anglican Church, built in 1908, overlooking Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0985
War Veteran’s Hall, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
The abandoned War Veteran’s Hall in Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 0032.08.08.0986
Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
A view of the former townsite of Lake Saskatoon with the lake in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0987
Mission School, Peace River, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Students and nuns at the Mission School at Peace River view the first automobile they’ve every seen, December 1913.
Location: 0032.08.08.0988
D. A. Thomas, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
The D. A. Thomas steamboat on the Peace River. A settlement is visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.0989
Peace River, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
The town of Peace River, showing numerous residences and businesses, and the trestle bridge, August 1920.
Location: 0032.08.08.0990
Peace River, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A view of the town of Peace River, taken from the hillside above, August 30, 1920.
Location: 0032.08.08.0991
Peace River, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
A view of the town of Peace River, taken from the hillside above.
Location: 0032.08.08.0992
Peace River, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A view of the town of Peace River and the Peace River, taken from the hillside above.
Location: 0032.08.08.0993
Peace River, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A view of the town of Peace River and the Peace River, taken from the hillside above. The photograph was contributed by Mrs. Ila (Hardin) Fairbanks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0994
Peace River, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of the town of Peace River and the Peace River, taken from the hillside above in winter. The photograph was contributed by Mrs. (Ralph) Ila (Hardin) Fairbanks.
Location: 0032.08.08.0995
Saw Ridge, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
A view of the settlement of Saw Ridge, including log and tent buildings.
Location: 0032.08.08.0996
Sexsmith, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
A view of Sexsmith, taken from near the railway tracks. The photograph may have been contributed by Percy H. Jones of McLennan, Alberta.
Location: 0032.08.08.0997
Aerial of Sexsmith, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
An aerial view of Sexsmith, looking southwest from above the grain elevators, and showing numerous businesses and residences. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.0998
Spirit River, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
An bird’s eye view of Spirit River, showing numerous businesses. The captions on the back of the photograph state: “Spirit River 1917 from the Railway Station this was the first buildings in town the same blocks have been destroyed by fire twice since then.” “I am sending you a card of Spirit River, but it is only a part of the town, of course it is much bigger than it show there. – E. A.” The photograph appears to have been contributed by D. M. Innes of Spirit River.
Location: 0032.08.08.0999
Spirit River, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Street view of Spirit River, showing businesses including Pope Hardware Co., Victoria Café, Nelson’s Bunk House, and a hotel.
Location: 0032.08.08.1000
Spirit River, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Street view of Spirit River, showing several businesses and an automobile.
Location: 0032.08.08.1001
Spirit River, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Street view of Spirit River, showing several businesses, including H. H. McLeod Hardware, A. W. Davies Meat Market, W. Wade Real Estate, Insurance and Notary Public, and Spirit Hardware. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Percy H. Jones of McLennan, Alberta.
Location: 0032.08.08.1002
Aerial of Spirit River, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
Aerial view of Spirit River, showing numerous residences, churches, hospital, school, and businesses. The photograph may have been taken for use in the Peace River Story.
Location: 0032.08.08.1003
Aerial of Rycroft, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
Aerial view of Rycroft showing numerous residences, churches, schools, and businesses. The photograph may have been taken for use in the Peace River Story.
Location: 0032.08.08.1004
Aerial of Rycroft, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
Aerial view of Rycroft showing numerous residences, churches, school, and businesses. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.1005
Hudson’s Bay Company, Sturgeon Lake, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 2.75 in.
The Hudson’s Bay Company buildings at Sturgeon Lake, 1911. The photograph appears to have been contributed by A. H. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1006
Catholic Mission, Sturgeon Lake, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 1.75 x 2.75 in.
Students outside of the Roman Catholic Mission church at Sturgeon Lake, 1911. The photograph appears to have been contributed by A. H. McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1007
Sturgeon Lake, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
John Stocks (left), first Deputy Minister of Public Works, and A. H. McQuarrie (tallest man in centre) with several First Nations men and children at Sturgeon Lake.
Location: 0032.08.08.1008
Ellis Borden Stopping Place, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Several buildings at the Ellis Borden stopping place at Swan Lake, between Grande Prairie and Pouce Coupe.
Location: 0032.08.08.1009
Old Smoky River, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of the settlement of Old Smoky River (near Watino) in 1915, showing several businesses. The photograph appears to have been contributed by H. P. Brown of Edmonton.
Location: 0032.08.08.1010
End of Steel – Smoky River, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of the end of steel at Smoky River (near Watino) about 1915, also showing several businesses. The photograph appears to have been contributed by H. P. Brown of Edmonton.
Location: 0032.08.08.1011
Smoky River, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of the settlement at Smoky River (near Watino) about 1915, also showing several businesses and a man and horse with water barrels on a small sleigh. The photograph appears to have been contributed by H. P. Brown of Edmonton.
Location: 0032.08.08.1012
Smoky River, 1916
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
A view of the settlement at Smoky River (near Watino) in 1916, showing several businesses. The photograph may include or have been contributed by Bill Scorgie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1013
Wembley, [ca. 1924]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
A bird’s eye view of the settlement at Wembley. Many of the buildings were moved from Lake Saskatoon to the rail point at Wembley.
Location: 0032.08.08.1014
Camping at Moberly Lake, British Columbia, 1906
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
A group of men camping with teepees at Moberly Lake, British Columbia.
Location: 0032.08.08.1015
Levelten Lake, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1930]
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Buildings near Levelten Lake on the Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1016
Campbell Benson’s Stopping Place, Bear Creek, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 2.5 in.
Harry Robertson, Ralph Brown, ?, Campbell Benson, ?, Mrs. Benson, ?, Morton Emerson, George Lovering, photographer, and Jake Weber in front of Campbell Benson’s stopping place on Bear Creek, Grande Prairie, 1911. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Miss E. Mair.
Location: 0032.08.08.1017
Opening of the Dominion Lands Office, Grande Prairie, July 15, 1911
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
“Opening of Dominion Lands Office on July 15, 1911, in John Wilson’s new house west of Bear Creek, Grande Prairie.” A group of men are assembled outside.
Location: 0032.08.08.1018
Opening of the Dominion Lands Office, Grande Prairie, July 15, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 3.75 in.
“These Pioneers had lined up before dawn, July 15, 1911 at the new Dominion Lands Office in Grande Prairie, to file on homesteads. Front row: ?, Rupert H. Carveth; Arthur W. Carveth; George W. Burke; George Lovering and behind his left shoulder, Hugh Ferguson.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1019
George Breeden’s Hotel, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“George Breeden’s Hotel and corrals in Grande Prairie City, 1910.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1020
George Breeden’s Hotel, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
George Breeden’s Hotel at Grande Prairie City.
Location: 0032.08.08.1021
George Breeden’s Hotel, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.5 in.
George Breeden’s Hotel at Grande Prairie City.
Location: 0032.08.08.1022
Clarence Pool Family Cabin, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“Home of Mr. & Mrs. Clarence Pool. Built and occupied in July, 1909. Baby Ralph Pool in foreground, lost his life in the second world war.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1023
William Smith & Sons Ranch and Butcher Shop, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The buildings of William Smith and Sons (Harry and Clyde) ranch and butcher shop on Bear Creek near Grande Prairie, 1911. Several horse are hitched to sleighs outside.
Location: 0032.08.08.1024
Jim Cory’s Log Cabin, [ca. 1912]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
A man sitting outside of a log cabin constructed by Jim Cory and George S. Loveridge.
Location: 0032.08.08.1025
Building a Barn, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.5 in.
Several people perch on the scaffolding and timbers of a partially completed barn under construction near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1026
George Balisky’s Homestead, 1915
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
George Balisky and his sister Mary with horses and cattle outside the house on George’s homestead, 10 miles west and 2 miles south of Sexsmith.
Location: 0032.08.08.1027
Log Cabin, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 2.75 in.
An unidentified log cabin near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1028
Log Cabin and Buggy, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
A man in a horse-drawn buggy outside of an unidentified log cabin near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1029
Watson House, Flying Shot Lake, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
The Watson’s house at Flying Shot Lake, 1918, the only house in the Flying Shot district not constructed of logs.
Location: 0032.08.08.1030
Bert George’s House, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 4 in.
Bert George’s house on the Wapiti Mines Trail. The property was later owned by the Pivert family.
Location: 0032.08.08.1031
Henry Robert’s Farm, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
An aerial view of the Henry Robert’s farmstead, including house, barn, and outbuildings.
Location: 0032.08.08.1032
Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club, [ca. 1935]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
The Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club clubhouse and tee with cars parked in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.1033
Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club, [ca. 1935]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
People gathered outside the Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club clubhouse.
Location: 0032.08.08.1034
Barn, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 7 in.
An old barn near Grande Prairie. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1035
Forestry Building, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 6.5 in.
A building with a large side door tentatively identified as a forestry building.
Location: 0032.08.08.1036
The Arrival of the Mail, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1912]
1 postcard; colour; 4.25 x 2.75 in.
A tinted colour postcard of the mail arriving at the Patterson and Son Store in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1037
Immigration Hall, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
Exterior view of Grande Prairie’s Immigration Hall in winter.
Location: 0032.08.08.1038
Land Office and Post Office, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Exterior view of Grande Prairie’s Land Office and Post Office, located on 100 Street, north of 100 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.1039
Land Office and Post Office, 1926
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Men camped out in front of Grande Prairie’s Land Office and Post Office, located on 100 Street, north of 100 Avenue, during a 1926 homestead rush. The photograph may have been contributed by Ben Fee.
Location: 0032.08.08.1040
Immigration Hall, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
An exterior view of Immigration Hall in winter.
Location: 0032.08.08.1041
McQueen Presbyterian Church, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.75 in.
McQueen Presbyterian Church with the education wing of St. Paul’s United Church visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.1042
Herald Block, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Herald newspaper office block. The photograph is a print from a printed source.
Location: 0032.08.08.1043
City Hall, November 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 6 in.
Grande Prairie City Hall after the new fire hall was built. The water tower stands very prominently in the background. The photograph was likely taken for use in a November 1958 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1044
Grande Prairie Hotel, July 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 5.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Hotel being dismantled in July 1960. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1045
Private Buildings in Grande Prairie City, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 4.75 in.
A montage of private buildings in Grande Prairie City, including the Grande Prairie Herald, Doctor Pletcher, Merchants Bank of Canada, Union Bank of Canada, Murray’s Hotel, Revillon Wholesale, Imperial Bank of Canada, Grande Prairie Hotel, Wm. C. Pratt Wholesale, and Imperial Oil Ltd. The montage was reproduced from page 14 of the 1920 Grande Prairie and Peace River District booklet published by the Grande Prairie Board of Trade.
Location: 0032.08.08.1046
Grande Prairie High School, [ca. 1970]
1 photograph; colour; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
The brick Grande Prairie High School building, constructed in 1929. This building later became home to the Grande Prairie Regional College and the Prairie Art Gallery.
Location: 0032.08.08.1047
Grande Prairie Regional College, [ca. 1980]
1 postcard; colour; 6 x 4.25 in.
View of Grande Prairie Regional College from the opposite of the Bear Creek reservoir. The caption on the back of the postcard states: “This unique brick structure houses the area’s post-secondary educational facilities. Designed by Douglas Cardinal, an Alberta metis, it opened its doors in 1974, and is one of the most imposing buildings in the area. It is located on the Hwy. 2 by-pass on the outskirts of Grande Prairie, Alberta, Canada. Photo by Frank Wesolowski”. The postcard was published by Northern Periodicals Distributors Ltd., Grandwe Prairie and printed by Lawson Graphics Pacific Limited, Vancouver.
Location: 0032.08.08.1048
Alex Monkman Homestead, [ca. 1980]
6 photographs; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
Derelict barn, house, and outbuildings on the Alex Monkman homestead on Cutbank Lake (township road 724, range road 82).
Location: 0032.08.08.1049-.1054
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Looking west down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, about 1917 or 1918. Visible businesses include the Pool Hall, London War Office, and Selkirk Trading Co. on the north side of the street. The photograph may have been contributed by Mrs. Tissington.
Location: 0032.08.08.1055
Grande Prairie, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Looking west down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, 1918. Visible businesses include the Crown Café, Pool Hall, London War Office, Selkirk Trading Co., Union Bank of Canada, and Empire Hotel on the north side of the street and the Grande Theatre and Salmond’s Hotel on the south side of the street. The back of the photograph is a postcard addressed to Miss Margaret McDonald of Vancouver, BC from Edith Robertson: “Got your letter and tie. Thank you very much – am wearing the tie, like it fine We’re having a farewell for Dr. Forbes ___ he’s leaving for the Bonnie Heather. Sincerely Edith Rob”.
Location: 0032.08.08.1056
Grande Prairie, 1919
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Looking west down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, 1919. Visible businesses include Thomson Hardware Co., Union Bank of Canada, and Royal George Hotel on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.1057
Bear Creek in Flood, 1920
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
The Bear Creek valley near 100 Avenue during the 1920 flood.
Location: 0032.08.08.1058
Bear Creek Flood, May 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
Several houses and buildings partially underwater, looking north from 100 Avenue, during the 1935 Bear Creek flood. The photograph was taken by Allan McQuarrie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1059
Grande Prairie Celebration, May 1935
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3.25 in.
People and vehicles gathered for a sports day celebration outside of Montrose School, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1060
Sir Henry Thornton and Party, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4 in.
Sir Henry Thornton (president of Canadian National Railways) and his party at the Grande Prairie train station.
Location: 0032.08.08.1061
Sir Henry Thornton and Party, Brainard, [ca. 1928]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.5 in.
Sir Henry Thornton (president of Canadian National Railways) and his party at Brainard. The photograph appears to have been contributed by E. J. Harrington of Wanham.
Location: 0032.08.08.1062
Grande Prairie, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
Looking west down 100 Avenue from about 101 Street. There are numerous businesses visible including City Laundry, Yee Lee Laundry, North West Electric, and Capitol Theatre on the south side of the street and Billiard Hall and Porteous Hardware on the north side of the street.
Location: 0032.08.08.1063
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
A bird’s eye view of Grande Prairie showing numerous businesses, churches, and residences.
Location: 0032.08.08.1064
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
A bird’s eye view of Grande Prairie showing numerous businesses, residences, and Montrose School.
Location: 0032.08.08.1065
Grande Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
A aerial view of Grande Prairie looking southeast showing numerous businesses and residences.
Location: 0032.08.08.1066
Laying Hospital Cornerstone, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Mrs. Agnes Forbes, Nurse Agnes Baird, and Dr. Annie Higbee lay the cornerstone for the Presbyterian hospital (Kathryn Prittie Hospital) in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1067
Grande Prairie Band, 1921
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
The Grande Prairie Band at the fairgrounds in 1921. Rear, left to right: Major Watts, Harry Watcher, George Duncan, George Tait, ?, and ?. Front: ?, ?, ?, Herb Mattinson, ?, and ?.
Location: 0032.08.08.1068
Dalen Brickyard and Mill, [ca. 1947]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
Eric Dalen (foreground) and others working at Knut Dalen’s brick yard and mill near Bear Creek, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1069
Sewage Disposal System, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
Charles Turner Jr. and Harry Jardine working on construction of the sewage disposal system. The photograph was likely taken for use in the October 5, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1070
Renovating the Library, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 4.5 in.
A worker painting the exterior of the old courthouse, part of the renovations to make it the new library building. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1071
Grande Prairie Swimming Pool, [ca. 1957]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 4.75 in.
People in the water or on deck at the Grande Prairie Swimming Pool on 99 Avenue, east of the Memorial Arena. A stamp on the back of the photograph indicates that it is an Alberta Government Photograph from the Film and Photo Branch, Department of Economic Affairs, Edmonton, Alberta. “This photograph may not be sold or used for direct advertising.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1072
York Boat on Athabasca River, 1906
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A Hudson’s Bay Company York boat with sail raised on the Athabasca River.
Location: 0032.08.08.1073
First Motor Car on Grande Prairie, 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 2.75 in.
Mrs. Agnes Forbes (front row, middle) and several other ladies in the first motor car on the Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1074
Homesteaders with Wagon, [ca. 1910]
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
“Mr. and Mrs. Tom Ogden enroute from Everetts to Bingley. Came from Boston”. The Ogdens have a wagon loaded with goods pulled by two oxen, with a dog alongside and a cow tied behind. The photograph is held by the Glenbow Foundation (no. NA-470-1) and may not be reproduced without permission.
Location: 0032.08.08.1075
Bull Outfit Loading Up in Edmonton, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 6.75 x 4.75 in.
Wagons and goods of the Bull Outfit sit beside a shed in Edmonton. “Shed was built as store house for supplies before party loaded bull wagons for trek to Peace River area to locate land”. The photograph is held by the Glenbow Foundation (no. NA-649-8) and may not be reproduced without permission.
Location: 0032.08.08.1076
Survey Crew on Lily Lake, March 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3 in.
A long train of horses and sleighs indentified as “Walter McFarlane’s survey crew at Lily Lake going north in March 1909.” The photograph appears to be from Harry Tuffil’s collection.
Location: 0032.08.08.1077
Crossing the Athabasca River, December 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
Men and horses cross the Athabasca River at freeze up amid ice floes.
Location: 0032.08.08.1078
Lewis Stopping Place, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 2.75 in.
The Lewis Stopping Place on the Edson Trail. Members of the South-McAusland family are shown in the foreground including Mr. and Mrs. J. M. South, Sel McAusland, Floyd South, Fred Smith, and Warren McAusland.
Location: 0032.08.08.1079
Road Work, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2 in.
A group of men indenfied as doing road work near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1080
Road Construction on Highway East to the Smoky River, 1930
1 photograph; b & w; 9.5 x 7.75 in.
“Road construction in 1930 for Grande Prairie Rural Municipality was under supervision of Sidney Drysdale, foreman during the term of Robert Cochrane, reeve. Ten four-horse outfits and one team were used to grate the highway east to the Smoky River through what was known locally as the Red Willow Slough. With the road crew and Reeve Cochrane is shown the cook, Mrs John DeMaere and family and the family cow brought along to supply butter, milk and cream for the crew’s table. The cookhouse and two bunkhouses are in the background.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1081
First Air Mail to Grande Prairie, 1937
1 photograph; b & w; 6.5 x 4.5 in.
“First air mail into Grande Prairie, March 17, 1937. L. to R. are Postmaster Cameron; Postal Inspector Reilly; Barney Phillips; Emil Kubicek, Pilot; Percy Tooley and Hector Morrison.” A United Air Transport plane is in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.1082
Sledding Hill, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 5 in.
Children sledding down a hill in Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1083
Mrs. Agnes Sorrel Forbes, [ca. 1900]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Portrait of Mrs. Agnes Sorrel Forbes, Presbyterian missionary.
Location: 0032.08.08.1084
Rev. Alexander Forbes, [ca. 1900]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Portrait of Rev. Alexander Forbes, Presbyterian missionary.
Location: 0032.08.08.1085
Mrs. Agnes Forbes, 1909
1 photograph; b & w; 2.75 x 3.75 in.
Agnes Forbes standing outside a tent with a tarped wagon nearby. The caption on the back of the photograph notes: “Pioneer Series – Mrs. Forbes on their first trip into Grande Prairie in 1909. Taken at Spirit River.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1086
Charles Bremner and Peter Gunn, [ca. 1915]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Charles Bremner and Peter Gunn standing beside a wagon with various outbuildings visible in the background. The caption on the back of the photograph states: “Charles Bremner and Peter Gunn earliest settlers fo the Peace River Country their land was close to the old H.B. post at Spirit River both natives of the Orkeny Islands off the north coast of Scoland. They came into the country in 1883 and started a ranch at Spirit River and filed on land after it was surveyed.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1087
William Innes, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
William Innes, Grande Prairie’s pioneer banker, with his horse outside a log cabin. The photograph may have been contributed by C. B. Johnston of DeBolt, Alberta.
Location: 0032.08.08.1088
William Innes, [ca. 1911]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 4.5 in.
William Innes, Grande Prairie’s pioneer banker, standing outside a log cabin.
Location: 0032.08.08.1089
William Innes, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
William Innes in his home, using a radio set.
Location: 0032.08.08.1090
Jack Crummy, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Jack Crummy on a horse outside of a house. Two other men stand on the blacony and a car is parked nearby.
Location: 0032.08.08.1091
J. B. Yule, 1941
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4.25 in.
J. B. Yule, editor of the Grande Prairie Herald, seated at his typewriter.
Location: 0032.08.08.1092
Opera “Esther”, 1922
1 photograph; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Mrs. Foy in costume for a production of the opera “Esther”. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Mrs. Tissington.
Location: 0032.08.08.1093
Opera “Esther”, 1922
2 photographs; b & w; 2.5 x 4 in.
Mrs. Maude Clifford and Mr. Robson in costume for a production of the opera “Esther”. The photograph appears to have been contributed by Mrs. Tissington.
Location: 0032.08.08.1094-.1095
Pattersons Newly Arrived, 1911
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The J. O. Patterson family camping and running their store and Grande Prairie post office from their caboose.
Location: 0032.08.08.1096
First Nations Women, [ca. 1914]
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 3.25 in.
Two First Nations women sitting on the steps of a log cabin.
Location: 0032.08.08.1097
Allan Drysdale, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
Allan Drysdale, County Council. The photograph was likely taken for use in the November 20, 1959 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1098
Mr. Andersen, [ca.1959]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 3 in.
A portrait of Mr. Andersen. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1099
Grande Prairie High School Production, 1961
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
A costumed actress and actor perform in the Grande Prairie High School production of “Arms and the Man”, 1961.
Location: 0032.08.08.1100
Grande Prairie Public Library, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 6.25 x 6 in.
Three people in the Grande Prairie Public Library. The photograph was likely taken for use in the April 20, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1101
New Grande Prairie Public Library Opening, 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6.5 in.
A reproduction of a photograph and caption from the November 22, 1957 edition of the Herald Tribune. The caption states: “New public library in Grande Prairie opened Wednesday afternoon with town and provincial officials taking part in the ceremony. Above, centre, Mayor J. C. Mackie speaks to crowd attending the opening. He is flanked (left) by E. J. Holmgren, supervisor of libraries, Department of Economic Affairs, and Jack Soars (right), vice-chairman of the library board.”
Location: 0032.08.08.1102
Cancer Drive, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 4.5 in.
Two unidentified people looking at material on beating cancer, perhaps as part of a cancer drive. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1103
Provincial Welfare Branch, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.25 in.
E. C. Ferguson (right), manager of the Provincial Welfare Branch of the Canadian Mental Health Association, with an unidentified man. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1104
Provincial Welfare Branch, 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6 in.
(Left to right) O. J. McGuire, Mrs. D. W. Corness, and E. C. Ferguson, manager of the Provincial Welfare Branch of the Canadian Mental Health Association. The photograph may have been taken for use in the September 13, 1960 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1105
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
An unidentified man holding up a hand of playing cards. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1106
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
An unidentified man sitting at a desk. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1107
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 2.25 in.
A man in a suit, standing outside a house.
Location: 0032.08.08.1108
Banting Couple, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
Portrait of a man and woman, tentatively identified as the Bantings. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1109
Award Presentation, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
One man presenting another man with ring, perhaps for service to a company. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1110
Award Presentation, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
One man presenting another man with ring, perhaps for service to a company. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1111
Unidentified Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 3.75 in.
An unidentified group of six men posed for a group photograph. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1112
Unidentified Group, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.25 in.
An unidentified group of fourteen men posed for a group photograph. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1113
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, June 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Trophy presentation at a Grande Prairie Women’s Institute meeting in June 1956.
Location: 0032.08.08.1114
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, June 1957
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
A group of ladies at a Grande Prairie Women’s Institute meeting in June 1957.
Location: 0032.08.08.1115
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, June 3, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Trophy presentation at a Grande Prairie Women’s Institute meeting on June 3, 1958.
Location: 0032.08.08.1116
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, September 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Annual birthday (35th) dinner for the Grande Prairie Women’s Institute in September 1959, held in the Pagoda Room at Joe’s Corner Coffee Shop.
Location: 0032.08.08.1117
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, June 1960
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Mrs. H. Paul receiving a handicraft trophy at a Grande Prairie Women’s Institute meeting in June 1960.
Location: 0032.08.08.1118
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, September 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 9.75 x 7.75 in.
35th Anniversary of the Grande Prairie Women’s Institute in September 1959, held in the Pagoda Room at Joe’s Corner Coffee Shop.
Location: 0032.08.08.1119
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, 1959
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
Gift presentation at a Grande Prairie Women’s Institute meeting in 1959.
Location: 0032.08.08.1120
Grande Prairie Women’s Institute, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 3 in.
A group of ladies from the Grande Prairie Women’s Institute dressed in warm coats.
Location: 0032.08.08.1121
Harvesting at Bear Lake, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 3.25 in.
Several snow-covered haystacks at Bear Lake with a man and team of horses.
Location: 0032.08.08.1122
Bear Lake, [ca. 1930]
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Stooks in a field near Bear Lake. Several buildings are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.1123
Stooks, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Stooks in a field.
Location: 0032.08.08.1124
Canon Smith’s Hill, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.25 x 2.25 in.
Looking south from Canon Smith’s hill toward the town of Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1125
Road to Richmond Hill, 1945
1 postcard; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
A view of the road to Richmond Hill from the town of Grande Prairie. The back of the photograph is a postcard which reads: “Grande Prairie Alta – 10/3 – 45 Dear Tilly I am Sending you a few Snap Shot from this part of the world. just got her this after noon, and glad to get of the Train, hope you are back home again and that everything is allright. From Friend Peter”.
Location: 0032.08.08.1126
View from 8th Tee, Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club, [ca. 1940]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A postcard showing the view from the 8th tee of the Richmond Hill Golf and Country Club. An unidentified woman sits on a nearby bench. A handwritten note on the back of the postcard states: “From Richmond Hill just West of G.P. looking North. Its more beautiful than this with all its colors.” The postcard was published by Photogelatine Engraving Co. Limited, Ottawa.
Location: 0032.08.08.1127
View from Saskatoon Mountain, [ca. 1940]
1 postcard; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A postcard showing the view from Saskatoon Mountain, looking southwest. Three unidentified women sit nearby. The postcard was published by Photogelatine Engraving Co. Limited, Ottawa.
Location: 0032.08.08.1128
Dawson Creek, British Columbia, 1936
1 photograph; b & w; 5 x 3 in.
A view of the town Dawson Creek, British Columbia taken from the northeast, September 1936. A field of stooks is visible in the foreground.
Location: 0032.08.08.1129
Wagon Road, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3 in.
The view from the rise of a wagon road near Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1130
Jack Pine Boulevard, Monkman Pass Highway, [ca. 1940]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 6 in.
A car and party of people on the Jack Pine Boulevard of the Monkman Pass Highway. The photograph was contributed from the Putter collection.
Location: 0032.08.08.1131
Elm Trees, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4.5 in.
A row of elm trees by a path in the Grande Prairie area.
Location: 0032.08.08.1132
Trees, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
A grove of deciduous trees.
Location: 0032.08.08.1133
Trees, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
A grove of deciduous trees in winter.
Location: 0032.08.08.1134
Peace Canyon Dam, [ca. 1980]
1 postcard; b & w; 6 x 4.25 in.
An aerial view of the Peace Canyon Dam, near Hudson’s Hope, BC, under construction. The caption on the back of the postcard states: “Just 6 1/2 kilometers upstream from Hudson’s Hope, this second dam on the Peace River will create a narrow deep reservoir between the walls of the Canyon. The Site One dame in conjunction with the Bennett dam will provide a large percentage of the power used by the Province of British Columbia. Photo by Frank Wesolowski”. The postcard was published by Northern Periodicals Distributors Ltd., Grande Prairie and printed by Lawson Graphics Pacific Limited.
Location: 0032.08.08.1135
Moose, 1910
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
“3 young moose in captivity at Dunvegan”.
Location: 0032.08.08.1136
Bighorn Sheep, [ca. 1930]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3.5 in.
A group of bighorn sheep.
Location: 0032.08.08.1137
Horses, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Two horses grazing in a field. Wood frames and a house are visible in the background.
Location: 0032.08.08.1138
Horses, [ca. 1950]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
Two horses in a field.
Location: 0032.08.08.1139
Showing a Bull, 1956
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 6.25 in.
George Slette showing a bull at a fair, 1956. The photograph may have been taken for use in the August 10, 1956 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1140
Showing Bulls, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 4 in.
An unidentified man showing two bulls at a fair. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1141
Showing a Bull, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.25 in.
An unidentified man showing a bull at a fair. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1142
Showing Cattle, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 3.75 in.
Unidentified men showing cows and a bull at a fair. The photograph may have been taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1143
Calf Show, Beaverlodge, 1951
1 photograph; b & w; 4 x 5.5 in.
A young boy with a ribbon exhibits a calf at a Beaverlodge Calf Show. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune. Same image as SPRA 032.08.08.0002.
Location: 0032.08.08.1144
First Automobile at Dunvegan, December 1913
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 3.25 in.
The first automobile at Dunvegan parked near the Hudson’s Bay Company trading house and warehouse. Same image as SPRA 032.08.08.1145.
Location: 0032.08.08.1145
Factor’s House at Dunvegan, [ca. 1920]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 5.5 in.
A family sitting in front of the Factor’s House and post office at Dunvegan.
Location: 0032.08.08.1146
Collapse of the Taylor Bridge, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 6 x 6.5 in.
The collapse of the suspension bridge at Taylor, British Columbia, over the Peace River on the Alaska Highway.
Location: 0032.08.08.1147
Collapse of the Taylor Bridge, 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 7.25 x 9.5 in.
The collapse of the suspension bridge at Taylor, British Columbia, over the Peace River on the Alaska Highway. This is an enlarged and cropped version of SPRA 032.08.08.1147.
Location: 0032.08.08.1148
Aerial of High Prairie, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 4 in.
An aerial view of High Prairie, taken from near the grain elevators. Numerous businesses and residences, as well as a school, church, and arena, are visible. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.1149
Aerial of Fairview, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
An aerial view of Fairview. Numerous businesses, churches, and residences and a hospital are visible. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.1150
Aerial of Wanham, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 6 in.
An aerial view of Wanham. Numerous businesses, churches, elevators, and residences are visible. The photograph was used in 1960 “The Peace River Story” newspaper insert.
Location: 0032.08.08.1151
Pioneer Lodge, Grande Prairie, 1971
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 2.25 in.
“First Pioneer Lodge for Senior Citizens in GP. 1971 Later Salvation Army Hostel”. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1152
Salvation Army Hostel, Grande Prairie, November 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 4 in.
The Salvation Army Hostel, formerly the Grande Prairie Pioneer Lodge. The photograph was likely taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1153
Pipestone Creek Ferry, [ca. 1971]
1 photograph; b & w; 7.75 x 5.25 in.
The Pipestone Creek Ferry, pulled up on the bank. The photograph was taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune by Jeff Harris in 1971 or 1972.
Location: 0032.08.08.1154
Centennial Park, Grande Prairie, January 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 5.25 in.
Playground equipment in Centennial Park, Grande Prairie, January 1972. The photograph was taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune by Jeff Harris.
Location: 0032.08.08.1155
Centennial Park, Grande Prairie, January 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 4.5 in.
Arch marking the entrance Centennial Park, Grande Prairie, from 102 Street, January 1972. The photograph was taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune by Jeff Harris.
Location: 0032.08.08.1156
Bear Creek Pool, Grande Prairie, May 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 5.75 x 7.5 in.
Two girls kneeling on the diving boards at the Bear Creek Pool, May 1972. The photograph was taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune by Jeff Harris.
Location: 0032.08.08.1157
Mrs. Albright, April 1966
1 photograph; colour; 3 x 3 in.
Mrs. Eva (W. D.) Albright in Fort Saskatchewan, Alberta, April 1966.
Location: 0032.08.08.1158
Old Timers, [ca. 1968]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.5 x 3 in.
A gathering of old timers at picnic tables.
Location: 0032.08.08.1159
Mr. and Mrs. Parlee Given Vaccuum, November 1971
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 7.5 in.
“Mr. & Mrs. Parlee, Pioneer Lodge receive vacuum from Dr Don Wood”. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1160
Group at Pioneer Lodge, November 1971
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 5 in.
A group of elderly men and women at Pioneer Lodge doing a mailout. The photograph was possibly taken for use in the October 18, 1971 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1161
Group at Pioneer Lodge, November 1971
1 photograph; b & w; 7.75 x 5.75 in.
A group of elderly women at Pioneer Lodge stuffing envelopes, November 1971. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1162
Group at Pioneer Lodge, October 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 7.5 x 4 in.
A group of elderly men and women at Pioneer Lodge doing a mailout, October 1972. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1163
Group at Pioneer Lodge, September 1972
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 9.5 in.
A group of elderly women at Pioneer Lodge shelling peas, September 1972. The photograph was possibly taken for use in an edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1164
Road Work, [ca. 1920]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
Several teams of horses hitched to a piece of heavy machinery, perhaps for road building or maintenance.
Location: 0032.08.08.1165
Shipment of Goods, April 11, 1917
1 photograph; b & w; 5.25 x 3 in.
Mr. and Mrs. Carl Dolimoe, Mr. and Mrs. J. Tofleland, Omlid Family in Grande Prairie with the first shipment of equipment from States. B. Johnson, Carl Larson meet them from the Valhalla District. The photograph may have been contributed by Mrs. F. W. Schenk, Rycroft.
Location: 0032.08.08.1166
Hythe Halfway House, [ca. 1920]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 5 in.
Four riders on horseback and Morris Shapiro outside of the Hythe Halfway House.
Location: 0032.08.08.1167
Imperial Bank and Spencer Block, [ca. 1921]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 5 in.
The Imperial Bank and Spencer block on 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, west of 100 Street. A milk wagon is parked outside of the bank.
Location: 0032.08.08.1168
unidentified,
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 5 in.
unidentified
Location: 0032.08.08.1169
Virginia DeBolt, [ca. 1949]
1 negative; b & w; 2.75 x 4.25 in.
Virginia DeBolt standing in front of her cabin, the first log cabin in DeBolt, built in January 1920. This first cabin was also an early stopping place.
Location: 0032.08.08.1170
Aerial of Grande Prairie, [ca. 1950]
1 negative; b & w; 4 x 5 in.
An aerial view of Grande Prairie looking east. Numerous businesses, churches, schools, and residences are visible.
Location: 0032.08.08.1171
Lumber Mill, [ca. 1960]
1 photograph; b & w; 8 x 3 in.
Aerial view of a large lumber mill, possibly in Grande Prairie, showing several buildings, a burner, and stacks of logs, lumber, and sawdust.
Location: 0032.08.08.1172
Television Antenna, 1962
1 photograph; b & w; 2 x 6 in.
Two men climbing a television antenna in the Saddle Hills. The photograph was likely taken for use in the September 4, 1962 edition of the Herald Tribune.
Location: 0032.08.08.1173
Sand and Gravel Pit, [ca. 1955]
3 negatives; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Heavy equipment doing work in a sand and gravel pit near a set of railway tracks.
Location: 0032.08.08.1174-.1176
Wright’s Cold Storage Ltd. Truck, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Wright’s Cold Storage Ltd., Dawson Creek, flat-bed truck. The truck looks like it might have been decorated as a parade float.
Location: 0032.08.08.1177
Grande Prairie Post Office, [ca. 1951]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
The Grande Prairie Post Office building on the corner of southwest 100 Street and 101 Avenue.
Location: 0032.08.08.1178
Lone Pine Realty, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Four unidentified men standing outside of the Lone Pine Realty Real Estate office.
Location: 0032.08.08.1179
Windsor Motors, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Grande Prairie’s Windsor Motors Ltd. in winter. Several vehicles are parked outside, including a car at the gas pumps.
Location: 0032.08.08.1180
Lloyd’s Tire Co., [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man leaning against a car outside of Lloyd’s Tire Co.
Location: 0032.08.08.1181
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man sitting at a desk in a room full of files.
Location: 0032.08.08.1182
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man standing in front of a cupboard.
Location: 0032.08.08.1183
Unidentified Man, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
An unidentified man standing in front of a cupboard.
Location: 0032.08.08.1184
Grande Prairie Brass Band, [ca. 1920]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 5 in.
The Grande Prairie Brass Band with their instruments at an event, perhaps Sports Day.
Location: 0032.08.08.1185
Grande Prairie Brass Band, [ca. 1925]
1 plate; b & w; 5.25 x 3.5 in.
The Grande Prairie Brass Band in costume and with their instruments on a flat bed vehicle, perhaps as part of a Northern Winter Carnival.
Location: 0032.08.08.1186
Grande Prairie Parade, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A wagon drawn by oxen travels down 100 Avenue, Grande Prairie, as part of a parade.
Location: 0032.08.08.1187
Henry McCullough and the Grande Prairie Charter, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough on horseback, carrying the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1188
Henry McCullough and his Horses, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough with his horses, paused on his journey to carry the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1189
Henry McCullough and a Young Cowboy, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough with a young cowboy and a thermos, paused on his journey to carry the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1190
Henry McCullough and Riders, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough being led through Grande Prairie by several mounted riders to deliver the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1191a
Henry McCullough and Riders, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough being led through Grande Prairie by several mounted riders to deliver the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1191b
Henry McCullough and Riders, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough being led through Grande Prairie by several mounted riders to deliver the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1192
Riders Accompanying Henry McCullough, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Several mounted riders who accompanied Henry McCullough through Grande Prairie to deliver the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1193
Henry McCullough and Mayor J. C. Mackie, February 1958
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Henry McCullough delivers the Grande Prairie City charter to Mayor J. C. Mackie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1194
Ladies Being Served Tea, February 1958
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of elderly ladies in warm coats being served tea after the delivery of the City of Grande Prairie Charter.
Location: 0032.08.08.1195
Costumed Ladies at McQueen Presbyterian Church, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of ladies in early 20th century costume outside of McQueen Presbyterian Church, Grande Prairie.
Location: 0032.08.08.1196
St. Paul’s United Church, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A side view (looking east) of St. Paul’s United Church on the northwest corner of 100 Avenue and 102 Street.
Location: 0032.08.08.1197
Sunday School, [ca. 1955]
2 negatives; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Children participating in a Sunday School class, presumably at St. Paul’s United Church.
Location: 0032.08.08.1198-.1199
Unidentified Men, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Three unidentified men sitting at a table.
Location: 0032.08.08.1200
Ladies with Plants, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of ladies clustered around a table of potted plants.
Location: 0032.08.08.1201
Ladies Group, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of ladies behind a table of tea service items.
Location: 0032.08.08.1202
Ladies Group, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
A group of ladies behind a tea table.
Location: 0032.08.08.1203
Gerald V. Carveth, [ca. 1955]
1 negative; b & w; 3.25 x 5 in.
A portrait of Gerald V. Carveth sitting in a chair and holding a scrapbook.
Location: 0032.08.08.1204
Oldtimers’ Picnic, 1960
3 negatives; b & w; 2.25 x 2.25 in.
Hon. J. Percy Page (Lieutenant Governor of Alberta) and other attendees at the 1960 Oldtimers’ Picnic.
Location: 0032.08.08.1205-.1207
Adair Ranch, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.25 in.
Barn and bunkhouses on the Adairs’ Sunset Ranch. There are two captions on the back: “Malcolm Campbell brought this photo to Vancouver about 1917 when he worked so hard to promote the P.G.E. from Vancouver to the Peace River. Each winter he visited Vancouver newspapers to get them to publish articles about the Peace River.” “L. H. Adair has raised 65,000 bushels of oats on this farm in one year”. The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1208
Henry Roberts’ Farm, [ca. 1917]
1 photograph; b & w; 5.5 x 3.5 in.
House, barn, and outbuildings on Henry Roberts’ farm. The caption on the back states: “Ten Thousand bushels of wheat raised on this farm of Henry Roberts of Bear Lake in 1917.” The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1209
Dr. Conroy’s Cattle, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 4.75 x 2.75 in.
Two young ladies and a gentleman with three horned cows. There are two captions on the back: “Taken the same Sunday ___ is Miss Robertson, Doctor Conroy & I & the doc’s cattle but is also is rotten. Return p.d.q.” “a snapshot I had sent home in 1918 I am on the left”. The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1210
Taft Homestead, [ca. 1918]
1 photograph; b & w; 3.25 x 2.25 in.
A log cabin with a sod roof. The caption on the back states: “Taft Homestead I lived in the rear part June & Billy Taft lived here the summer of 1918.” The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1211
Harvesting with a Binder, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 3 x 2.25 in.
A man harvesting with a binder pulled by four horses. The caption on the back states: “Sulley’s Dry Stick Lake Alberta 1918”. The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1212
Grande Prairie Teachers, 1918
1 photograph; b & w; 2.25 x 1.75 in.
The caption on the back states: “Miss Murray wearing the hat and Edith Robertson Grande Prairie teachers 1918”. The photograph was enclosed in a letter to Isabel Campbell from Margaret Adams (nee McDonald), formerly a teacher at Flying Shot.
Location: 0032.08.08.1213
Isabel Campbell’s House, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 28 x 28 mm
Views of Isabel Campbell’s house front and back.
Location: 1998.27.246.01-.04
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Two views of St. Andrew’s Anglican Church at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.246.05-.06
Landscape, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A landscape view of a lake with buildings on the shore and a road to one side.
Location: 1998.27.246.07
Lake View, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A landscape view of an unidentified lake, possibly Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.246.08
Isabel Campbell’s House and Garden, [ca. 1980]
18 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Exterior views of Isabel Campbell’s house and garden.
Location: 1998.27.247.01-.04, .08-.21
Landscape, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A landscape view showing farms, fields, and trees.
Location: 1998.27.247.05
River Views, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Two landscape views of an unidentified river, taken from the bank.
Location: 1998.27.247.06-.07
Isabel Campbell’s House, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 28 x 28 mm
Views of Isabel Campbell’s house front and back.
Location: 1998.27.248.01-.03
Isabel Campbell’s Home, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 28 x 28 mm
An interior view of Isabel Campbell’s house in Grande Prairie.
Location: 1998.27.248.04
River View, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Landscape view of an unidentified stream, possibly Pipestone Creek, taken from the shore.
Location: 1998.27.248.05
Abandoned Ferry, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
An abandoned ferry, likely the Pipestone Creek ferry.
Location: 1998.27.248.06-.09
Log House, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A dilapidated log house, likely in the Grande Prairie area.
Location: 1998.27.248.10-.12
Spring Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
The descriptive sign, cairn, and headstones at Spring Creek Cemetery.
Location: 1998.27.248.13-.15
Lake Views, [ca. 1980]
2 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Two landscape views of an unidentified lake, possibly Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.248.16-.17
Landscapes, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Four landscape views of grassy fields, possibly a golf course.
Location: 1998.27.249.01-.04
Pipestone Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Crosses and cairn at the Pipestone Creek Cemetery.
Location: 1998.27.249.05-.07
River Views, [ca. 1980]
5 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Five landscape views of an unidentified river, taken from the shore.
Location: 1998.27.249.08-.12
Bear Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
The descriptive sign at the Bear Creek Cemetery, outside of Grande Prairie.
Location: 1998.27.249.13
Monkman Homestead, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Three views of the barn and other buildings at the Monkman Homestead site on Cutbank Lake.
Location: 1998.27.249.14-.16
Veterans’ Hall, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
The dilapidated Veterans’ Hall at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.249.17
St. Andrew’s Anglican Church, Lake Saskatoon, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
A view of St. Andrew’s Anglican Church at Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.249.18
Historic Site Signs, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Two roadside signs describing an historic site, possibly the town of Lake Saskatoon.
Location: 1998.27.249.19
Isabel Campbell’s Garden, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
Trees in Isabel Campbell’s yard. The photograph has been taken from a porch.
Location: 1998.27.250.01
Bear Creek Cemetery, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Three photographs showing the cairn and sign at the Bear Creek Cemetery outside of Grande Prairie.
Location: 1998.27.250.02-.04
Landscape, [ca. 1980]
1 photograph; colour; 35 mm
A landscape view of a lake with buildings on the shore and a road to one side.
Location: 1998.27.250.05
River Views, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
A landscape view from a boat on a river and three views of an unidentified riverside town.
Location: 1998.27.250.06-.09
Isabel Campbell’s House and Garden, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Views of Isabel Campbell’s house front and back and of flowers and trees in her yard.
Location: 1998.27.250.10-.13
Isabel Campbell’s Garden, [ca. 1980]
5 negatives; colour; 35 mm
People and plants in Isabel Campbell’s yard.
Location: 1998.27.251.01-.05
Grande Prairie High School, [ca. 1980]
3 photographs; colour; 35 mm
The old Grande Prairie High School, later renamed Central Park School, originally built in 1929. In the late 1980s, it became the Prairie Art Gallery.
Location: 1998.27.251.06-.08
River Views, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Landscape views from a boat on a river.
Location: 1998.27.251.09-.12
Isabel Campbell’s Home, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 28 x 28 mm
Interior views of Isabel Campbell’s house in Grande Prairie.
Location: 1998.27.252.01-.04
Church, [ca. 1980]
1 negative; colour; 35 mm
An unidentified country church, likely in the Grande Prairie area.
Location: 1998.27.252.05
Isabel Campbell’s Garden, [ca. 1980]
3 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Views of flowers, planters, greenhouse and birdhouse in Isabel Campbell’s yard.
Location: 1998.27.252.06-.08
Christ Church Anglican, Grande Prairie, [ca. 1980]
4 negatives; colour; 35 mm
Four exterior views of Christ Church Anglican taken from across 102 Street.
Location: 1998.27.252.09-.12